The Camelot Journal

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from November 28, 2009:

Question from J: The question this evening has to do with the process of seeking. As the seeker tries to integrate everything that it is attempting to learn from previous lives and from this life, Ra said the seeker becomes more and more of that which it lives, more and more as it is. And as it is, it is the one infinite Creator. We are wondering if, as we become the one Creator, do we give up our identity? Is this something that we will miss as we become the one Creator? And as we live more and more as the Creator, it seems to have more to do with being than with doing. Could Q’uo speak to us about how the seeker progresses along the line of evolution, the upward spiraling line of evolution to become the Creator? What is gained? What is lost? And how is it done?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking this evening. We are most privileged to join your meditation and to offer our humble opinions at this session of working. To be able to collaborate with this instrument is indeed a pleasure, and we thank each of you for taking the time and the energy out of your crowded, busy lives in order to gather together to create a sacred space in which you may seek the truth. As always, before we begin we would request of each who listens to or reads these words that each listens with care for those thoughts which resonate, leaving all of those thoughts which do not resonate behind. We greatly appreciate your using your faculties of discernment and discrimination. This will enable us to speak freely without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will or disturb the rhythm of your path of seeking.

Thequestion that you ask this evening is most interesting in that it combines questions about what this instrument might call the little life of one incarnation and the life of the soul stream which lives a larger life within the precincts of eternity, moving through all of the densities of experience from octave to octave, from the timelessness of alpha to the timeless of omega, only to wake at last in the alpha of the next creation. For never doubt, my friends, that you are infinite and eternal. Yes, you are sparks of the Creator and yes, you are the Creator. And once again, in the next creation, you shall again be sparks of the Creator as the Creator chooses once again to know Itself.

If we attempted to speak of one incarnation, in responding to this query, without moving at some point into the consideration of that greater sweep of being that is your soul stream, our response would be simpler to grasp. Yet it would lack the nuances requested by those within this circle. Consequently, we beg your indulgence as we may seem to move from considerations of the little life of one incarnation to considerations of the sweep of the soul stream, from which stream you have chosen very carefully those few elements of what this instrument might call personality in order that you may focus within this little life, with the potential of achieving an infinite degree of clarity that both fulfills your goals of service and learning within this present incarnation and advances the potential of your soul stream as a whole to lessen distortion, and as the one known as Jim has quoted, to live more nearly as you are.

J asked: “We are wondering if, as we become the one Creator, do we give up our identity? Is this something that we will miss as we become the one Creator? And as we live more and more as the Creator, it seems to have more to do with being than with doing. Could Q’uo speak to us about how the seeker progresses along the line of evolution, the upward spiraling line of evolution to become the Creator? What is gained? What is lost? And how is it done?” Q’uo began by saying the question that you ask this evening is interesting in that it combines questions about what Carla might call our little life of one incarnation and our life of the soul stream which lives a larger life within the precincts of eternity, moving through all of the densities of experience from octave to octave, from the timelessness of alpha to the timeless of omega, only to wake at last in the alpha of the next creation, for never doubt that we are infinite, and we are sparks of the Creator, and we are the Creator, so in the next creation, we shall be sparks of the Creator as the Creator chooses once again to know Itself. Then Q’uo said if they attempted to speak of one incarnation without moving at some point into the consideration of that greater sweep of being that is our soul stream, their response would be simpler to grasp, yet it would lack the nuances requested by those within this circle, so they begged our indulgence as they seem to move from considerations of the little life of one incarnation to considerations of the sweep of the soul stream, from which stream we have chosen very carefully those few elements of what Carla might call personality in order that we may focus within this little life, with the potential of achieving an infinite degree of clarity that both fulfills our goals of service and learning within this present incarnation, and advances the potential of our soul stream as a whole to lessen distortion, and to live more as we are. On January 26, 2003, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our soul stream:

Always, when there is such power as free will expresses, there is within the system of judgment of those attempting to grasp the nature of such energies a slight tendency, perhaps, to be prejudiced against the sheer power of such an impersonal and yet highly individuated essence to the soul stream which is looking out through the eyes of incarnation. The impact of beginning to grasp the actual nature of the nested illusions of experience is daunting and can constitute a time of adjustment in which the nature of the self is allowed to transform itself according to the ways of this free will that enters into the creation upon each level of development. The free will of yourself can barely be distinguished from the free will of that Logos that is your higher self, that overarching Logos that is the group mind of that soul stream, that overarching Logos that is the planetary mind, and so forth. The connections that each entity has with other aspects of an infinite being that is the self are unending, so that free will is, shall we say, that icon of deity which expresses the feminine, the ever-moving, the fructifying.

When one begins with the basic statement that all is one, one creates a paradox which can never be explained. If all things are one, then why are entities unique, one from another? Why are they not equally holograms or images of the one infinite Creator? The paradoxes go on from there. If an entity is of the Creator, at what point would an entity not live as the Creator? These two paradoxes are only the beginning, but perhaps they are enough to indicate that when one is speaking of how to pursue the goal of the becoming the Creator, one is dwelling in a land of paradox and mystery in which the known patterns of logic shall not necessarily be of significant aid. On the other hand, if one foregoes the resources of logic and intellect and rests entirely upon naked faith, one becomes rapidly incapable of communicating with the self in a conscious manner and therefore robs the self of all the hard-won advantages of being an incarnated human being.

Therefore, we suggest neither that one rely completely upon the intellect and the use of the logical mind nor that one rely only upon the energies and essences of faith and direct apprehension or gnosis. Rather, we suggest that you become aware of the situation in which you have placed yourself as a stranger in a strange land, and as a native of that land within the body of bone and muscle, that chemical distillery that carries you so well through your physical incarnation. You seem very limited to yourself. You must breathe to live. You must eat and drink the food and the liquid of your nourishment. You must care for a chemical distillery which eliminates that which is used up in a way which seems less than spiritual. In a million small ways, physicality pulls at you to remind you of one limitation or another within which you dwell in order to become yourself.

Then Q’uo said when we begin with the statement that all is one, we create a paradox which can never be explained, so if all things are one, then why are entities unique, one from another, and why are they not equally holograms or images of the one infinite Creator, and if we are of the Creator, at what point would we not live as the Creator? So these two paradoxes are only the beginning, but perhaps they are enough to indicate that when we are speaking of how to pursue the goal of becoming the Creator, we are dwelling in a land of paradox and mystery in which the known patterns of logic shall not be of aid, but on the other hand, if we forego the resources of logic and rest upon faith, we become incapable of communicating with our self in a conscious manner and rob our self of all the hard-won advantages of being an incarnated human being. Q’uo suggested neither that we rely upon our intellect and the use of our logical mind, nor that we rely only upon the essences of faith, but they suggested that we become aware of the situation in which we have placed our self as a stranger in a strange land, and as a native of that land within the body of bone and muscle, that chemical distillery that carries us so well through our physical incarnation, so we seem very limited to our self since we must breathe to live, and we must eat and drink the food and the liquid of our nourishment and care for a chemical distillery which eliminates that which is used up in a way which seems less than spiritual, so in a million small ways, physicality pulls at us to remind us of one limitation or another within which we dwell in order to become our self. On September 1, 2002, Q’uo described the nature and purpose of our physicality:

Gratitude is breathing in and breathing out with the awareness that this act is a gift. Each of you is like a cut flower. You have sprung from the soil of physicality; you have the life of a blossom; and your only responsibility is to blossom, to be, to share that which you are and take in that which all else is exchanging with each other’s energy fields, those dynamics which lie between the two of you. It is easy to give thanks when there are good times, but that is not the heart of thanksgiving. The heart of thanksgiving is to see in all things the gift of manifested experience. Oh, how precious that is! Oh, how dear! We cannot convey to you our appreciation of the challenges that you face by being in a physical body and in third density, and yet we say to you that such an adventure calls to us simply because each of you is experiencing, within the illusion, the ten thousand colors and shapes and forms  that are what the Creator knows about Itself so far. As each of you takes in the air and gives it back out to the universe, you are singing a song that no one else has ever sung, lifting to the heavens a beauty that has never before been seen. And the Creator knows more now than before, because you have been open and vulnerable to experience, and the world and all its experience has been opened and made vulnerable to you. This is the heart of thanksgiving—the knowing that every breath you take is significant, meaningful and helpful to the Creator, truly a gift given and a gift received.

Contrariwise, contained—as the one known as L showed in her drawing, shown earlier within this circle’s discussion—there lies within this web of limitation, pain and suffering the inimitable sorcerer’s stone of now, a now which echoes from the little life to the soul stream to the one infinite Creator. Without your physicality, without your location in space/time, without the tremendous sacrifices that you make as a soul stream in order to project yourself into a physical illusion that is space-bound and time-bound, you should not have the capacity to contain the potentiated space in which all of the boundaries between the Logos of absolute and unconditional Love and the soul stream unbound by space, yet bound firmly within its own metaphysical limitations, might channel down into this space that you can hold open only within incarnation.

It is as though, within the tiny boundaries of a little life and a seemingly quite limited personality and character, you hold the Creator’s highest hope for knowing Itself, not only now in terms of space/time but now in terms of time/space and now in terms of the entire creation. The power of your position is astounding in many ways. It is as well that an entity awakening from the dream of Earth to a knowledge of its larger self has no idea of the power that it carries. For you in a way are like puppies and you must grow into your feet and your ears and your tail. As you grow from a spiritually immature thinker to a seeker that is increasingly awake and alert and attentive, your puppy feet begin to take hold. You begin to grow into yourself, shall we say.

Now Q’uo said there lies within this web of limitation, pain and suffering, the sorcerer’s stone of now, a now which echoes from our little life, to the soul stream, to the one infinite Creator, and without our physicality and our location in space/time, and without the sacrifices that we make as a soul stream in order to project ourself into a physical illusion that is space-bound and time-bound, we should not have the capacity to contain the potentiated space in which all of the boundaries between the Logos of unconditional Love and our soul stream unbounded by space, yet bound firmly within its own metaphysical limitations, might channel down into this space that we can hold open only within incarnation. Then Q’uo said it is as though, within the boundaries of a little life and a seemingly limited personality, we hold the Creator’s hope for knowing Itself, not only now in terms of space/time, but now in terms of time/space, and now in terms of the entire creation, so the power of our position is astounding in many ways, and it is well that our awakening from the dream of Earth to a knowledge of our larger self has no idea of the power that we carry, for we are like puppies, and we must grow into our feet, our ears, and our tail, so as we grow from a spiritually immature thinker to a seeker that is increasingly awake our puppy feet begin to take hold, and we begin to grow into our self. On May 9, 2009, Q’uo spoke of what it is like when we awaken from the dream of Earth:

Well is it called a spiritual path, for there is indeed a journey that begins when a seeker awakens from the dream of Earth to realize how very much deeper, and wider, and richer the Creation is than he was taught by his culture. It is as though an alarm has gone off and he starts from his slumbers. It’s a rude awakening sometimes, and, once awakened, the seeker cannot go back to sleep. This is a great blessing. Yet there are times when it does not seem so.

The kinds of strategy used by various seekers to grow more and more into a spiritually mature entity vary widely. The one known as J echoes the questions of many upon your sphere at this time who are using their memories of previous incarnations in order to gather more of a sense of who they are, the reasoning being that since there is so little of the personality that the soul stream has gathered which is given in any one incarnation, surely, as one gathers more and more details of other incarnations and is able to integrate these awarenesses into a single concept of the self, one will gain in one’s quality of knowledge about the self. There are those who, such as the one known as S, have found that there are moments out of time that come upon one without warning or previous planning within which the sense of the self becomes resonant and clear. The intellectual content of this sense of self is almost nil. This path to the awareness of living as one is extends far more along the lines of one whose strength lies in direct apprehension, intuition and gnosis.

In addition to these two paths of grasping more and more detail from the deep memory and allowing a sense of self to come from direct apprehension are other paths too numerous to mention. We do not believe that it is necessary for the spiritual seeker to gain a detailed grasp of either path, or of other paths. What we hope to do as we speak to you is to give you more of a sense of your situation. The importance of either direct apprehension or the conscious integration of more and more detail of self fades before the awareness of the potential of your humanity. You are all that there is. Focus down, through orders of magnitude beyond our ability to express it through this instrument, into that place where unimaginable power resides, not simply in you as you see yourself or in you as we see you, but in you as you are beyond any description on any level.

Q’uo continued by saying the kinds of strategy used by various seekers to grow more into a spiritually mature entity vary widely, and J echoes the questions of many of us upon our sphere at this time who are using our memories of previous incarnations in order to gather more of a sense of who we are, the reasoning being that since there is so little of the personality that our soul stream has gathered which is given in any one incarnation, so as we gather more details of other incarnations, and we able to integrate these awarenesses into a single concept of our self, we will gain in our quality of knowledge about  our self, and there are those who have found that there are moments out of time that come upon us without which the sense of our self becomes clear, and the intellectual content of this sense of our self is almost nothing, so this path to the awareness of living as we are extends more along the lines of one whose strength lies in direct intuition and knowing. Q’uo continued by saying in addition to these two paths of grasping more detail from our deep memory and allowing a sense of  our self to come from direct apprehension are other paths too numerous to mention, but it is not necessary for us to gain a grasp of either path, or of other paths, and what Q’uo hoped to do as they speak to us is to give us more of a sense of our situation, so the importance of our conscious integration of more detail of our self fades before the awareness of the potential of our humanity because we are all that there is, so we must focus down through orders of magnitude beyond Q’uo’s ability to express it through Carla into that place where unimaginable power resides, not simply in us as we see our self or in us as Q’uo sees us, but in us as we are beyond any description on any level. On December 12, 2005, Q’uo spoke of how our deep memory as wanderers may give us information of other lives we spent together:

My sister, in part it certainly is an experience you have had because you are a wanderer, and we say this because it is peculiar to wanderers that they bring forward from their deep memory a memory of times within clans or families or tribes which are not related necessarily by what you would call blood but are related because of common beliefs, concerns and desires to be of service.

You have asked that, as spiritual awareness is gained, as one is able to live more as one is, what is gained and what is lost. Let us look first at the process that exposes the gain. You come to know yourself beyond the details of your preferences and into the way it feels, smells and tastes to be you. We are attempting to push you beyond your senses, but use the senses that you understand in order to indicate that each of you is a bloom within eternity that is exquisitely unique, not simply in this little life but in the larger sense of a soul stream of infinite experience and variety. How it is that, as the soul stream builds itself through density after density and experience after experience, it somehow stays true to itself, we have no way of knowing. We only observe that it is so.

What do you gain as you become more aware how it feels to be you? You gain freedom and peace. You have no need to defend. You have no need to protect. You have no need to explain. You are. And who and what you are is a creature of such beauty, truth, worth, and life that any container of words or concepts that you might attempt to use to say, “I Am and I hold you, you are the one infinite Creator” is inadequate. But that infinity, that Creator-ness is unique to you and is the gift that you give to the infinite One. It is, therefore, beyond price.

Q’uo went on to say you have asked that, as spiritual awareness is gained, as one is able to live more as one is, what is gained and what is lost, so Q’uo wanted to look first at the process that exposes the gain, so we come to know our self beyond the details of our preferences and into the way it feels to be us, and they were attempting to push us beyond our senses, and to use the senses that we understand in order to indicate that each of us is a bloom within eternity that is unique, not simply in this little life but in the larger sense of a soul stream of infinite experience and variety, and as our soul stream builds itself through density after density and experience after experience, it somehow stays true to itself. Then Q’uo said as we become more aware of how it feels to be us we gain freedom and peace, and we have no need to defend or to explain because we are, and what we are is a creature of beauty, truth, and life that any words that we might attempt to use to say, “I Am and I hold you, you are the one infinite Creator” are inadequate, but that Creator-ness is unique to us, and is the gift that we give to the infinite One. On March 4, 1979, Latwii said that we all are unique:

Therefore, trust in the pattern of each unique being, and trust that we are all connected, unique as we each are, in total harmony of being, so that our patterns flow together as do the waters of the sea, each atom changing and flowing until one becomes all and all is one. Yes, you are unique, but you may let the bubble burst upon the wave of your being and merge completely with the unity of all and still be unique. You cannot lose this uniqueness. Therefore, allow the beauty of the patterns in the great tapestry to emerge, treasured and loved by you, given their freedom by you, whether you understand or whether you are only trying does not matter. All that matters is that your attitude is that of love toward yourself, toward others, toward the planet on which you dwell, and toward the creation of which you are a part.

What do you lose as you gain in that feeling of your own essence? In a way, it may be said that you lose a great deal, for as you become more comfortable with that deepest self that you are beyond distortion, distortions begin to fall away. Do you value yourself because you are good at telling jokes? Perhaps that quirk of personality falls away, and the jokes at which you laugh are not those any longer which cause those about you to join in laughter. It is as though one asked an old person what he had lost by becoming old. He could say, “I have lost my looks, my teeth, my sense, my ability to go four hours without going to the bathroom,” or he could say, “I have lost my fears, my worries, my anger, my prejudice, and my self-imposed limitations.” There is no question, my friends, that in the process of becoming a more mature entity, spiritually speaking, things shall fall away from you, and that which you are shall bear less distortion and more love.

If you value your distortions and say, “I am who I am because of these distortions, be they physical or emotional or quirks of personality or having to do with particular gifts or particular limitations,” then you shall feel the loss of much as you become closer to congruency with the frequency and vibration of the one infinite Creator, which is Love. As this instrument, who is a mystical Christian, would put it, as you become aware of your sainthood and your home within the heavenly realms shared by angels and those who have not descended into the vibrations of Earth, you lose the particularity, which may be dear to you, of your rank in society, your outer abilities, and all of those preferences by which you have distinguished yourself from others.

Q’uo said as we gain in that feeling of our own essence that we lose a great deal, for as we become more comfortable with that deepest self that we are beyond distortion, distortions begin to fall away, so if we value our self because we are good at telling jokes, that quirk of personality falls away, and the jokes at which we laughed no longer cause those about us to join in laughter, so there is no question that in the process of becoming a more mature entity, spiritually speaking, things shall fall away from us, and that which we are shall bear less distortion and more love. Q’uo went on to say if we value our distortions and say, “I am who I am because of these distortions, be they physical, or emotional, or quirks of personality, or having to do with particular gifts or particular limitations,” then we shall feel the loss of much as we become closer to congruency with the frequency and vibration of the one infinite Creator, which is Love, and as Carla, who is a mystical Christian, would put it, as we become aware of our sainthood and our home within the heavenly realms shared by angels and those who have not descended into the vibrations of Earth, we lose our uniqueness, by which we have distinguished our self from others. On September 5, 2010, Carla talked about our uniqueness:

Our service begins with being. When we are most truly ourselves we have served, immediately and absolutely, because the heart of all of us is one. It is a oneness that is tempered by our uniqueness but the consciousness that we share, that is our true self, is one. We share consciousness. We don’t share minds. We don’t share our biocomputer. We don’t share our choice-making abilities. Those are all unique to each of us. What we share is consciousness.

What is gain and what is loss when you are gazing at the opportunity in one small life to hold a channel or space that connects particularity to the infinite and that brings or can bring the infinite Love and the Light of the One from the very blazing heart of the mystery into sturdy, stable life, a life that moves through you without effort, but with infinite and intense intention? This is your opportunity to be and, in that beingness, offer your channel, your instrument, your essence, hollowed out, empty of the details of gifts and personality, so that your life and the life of your world may be lit from within by Love.

You ask, finally, how do we live as we are? My friends, each moment of your life is a moment in which the potential for being, for knowing that you are a being, and for leaning into that knowledge with intention to serve, is held like a gift before you. Shall you take that gift in this moment? You may perhaps be distracted, but another moment shall come immediately, and then another, and then another. And so it is. There is no moment in your life as a third-density entity in incarnation that is not utterly and completely full of the opportunity to know the self, to accept the self, and to become the Creator.

So Q’uo said what is gain, and what is loss when we are gazing at the opportunity in our small life to hold a space that connects to the infinite and that can bring the infinite Love and the Light of the One from the blazing heart of the mystery into a stable life that moves through us without effort but with infinite and intense intention?  Q’uo said this is our opportunity to be and, in that beingness, offer our instrument and our essence, hollowed out and empty of the details of gifts and personality, so that our life and the life of our world may be lit from within by Love. Q’uo continued by saying we asked how do we live as we are? Then they said each moment of our life is a moment in which the potential for knowing that we are a being, and for leaning into that knowledge with intention to serve, is held like a gift before us, and we may be distracted, but another moment shall come immediately, and then another, and there is no moment in our life as a third-density entity in incarnation that is not completely full of the opportunity to know our self, to accept our self, and to become the Creator. In 74.11, Ra said the way we can become the Creator is to:

The heart of the discipline of the personality is threefold. One, know yourself. Two, accept yourself. Three, become the Creator.

The third step is that step which, when accomplished, renders one the most humble servant of all, transparent in personality and completely able to know and accept other-selves. In relation to the pursuit of the magical working the continuing discipline of the personality involves the adept in knowing itself, accepting itself, and thus clearing the path towards the great indigo gateway to the Creator. To become the Creator is to become all that there is. There is then no personality in the sense with which the adept begins its learn/teaching. As the consciousness of the indigo ray becomes more crystalline, more work may be done; more may be expressed from intelligent infinity.

My friends, while we are aware that we have barely scratched the surface of this most interesting query, we feel that it is a good time to pause and ask if there is a follow-up to this question. We are those of Q’uo.

L: I would like to ask you to comment on a theory I have. On piecing this together properly, I am starting to see that different incarnations, different lives, are like pieces of a puzzle that fit together over time until eventually the whole puzzle is shown. And yet each piece is still in the puzzle so that there is nothing experienced that is lost. There is perpetual gain and growth, and the puzzle is continually added to, added to what is you, so that you aren’t growing smaller. You are growing bigger. Does this seem to be an adequate way of wording that concept?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister, and we would answer in two ways. Firstly, we would say that, indeed, the experiences of one incarnation and another and another and so forth, do, indeed, create an ever more detailed and articulated expression of the self that is the soul stream. In that way, my sister, you are quite correct. In another way, we would point out that from our standpoint, at least, and as you know, it is our opinion only…

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

…it is helpful within one incarnation to accept the premise that that which is needed for you to learn and to serve to your highest and best has been offered and, therefore, that there is not the advantage that there may seem to be to gather other incarnational detail. We say this because the process of becoming more and more the self is a process of refinement and distillation of essence. It is not the multiplication of detail that informs the deepest part of the self. Rather, it is the willingness of the self to open the processes of emotion and sensation to distillation and refinement.

The self that you are, both within incarnation and as a soul stream, is a self in which there are many, many layers, moving down through the surface of consciousness, the upper levels of the subconscious, and down into the roots of mind, amongst those roots most importantly being those of the archetypal self. You, as an instrument of particularity and infinity combined, have the capacity to dwell within the surface of your emotions, responding with impulsivity and vigor to each and every feeling. You also have an infinite capacity to allow emotion to penetrate the conscious self, the dreaming self, the self that walks the corridors of myth and lore, and the self that has gained access to those great waterways of emotion that make up the archetypal mind.

L’s question was “I am starting to see that different incarnations, different lives, are like pieces of a puzzle that fit together over time until eventually the whole puzzle is shown. And yet each piece is still in the puzzle so that there is nothing experienced that is lost. There is perpetual gain and growth, and the puzzle is continually added to, added to what is you, so that you aren’t growing smaller. You are growing bigger. Does this seem to be an adequate way of wording that concept?” Q’uo began by saying we would answer in two ways, and firstly, the experiences of one incarnation and another and another create a more detailed expression of the self that is the soul stream, and in that way you are correct, but in another way we would point out that from our standpoint it is helpful within one incarnation to accept the premise that which is needed for you to learn and to serve to your highest and best has been offered, and there is not the advantage that there may seem to be to gather other incarnational details, so we say this because the process of becoming more the self is a process of refinement of essence, and it is not the multiplication of detail that informs the deepest part of the self, but it is the willingness of the self to open the processes of emotion to distillation. Now Q’uo said the self that you are, both within incarnation and as a soul stream, is a self in which there are many layers, moving down through the surface of consciousness, the upper levels of the subconscious, and down into the roots of mind, amongst those roots most importantly being those of the archetypal self, so you, as an instrument of particularity and infinity combined, have the capacity to dwell within the surface of your emotions, responding with impulsivity to each feeling, and you also have an infinite capacity to allow emotion to penetrate the conscious self, the dreaming self, and the self that has gained access to those waterways of emotion that make up the archetypal mind. On November 16, 2006, Q’uo described the nature of our archetypal mind:

When the feeling and the emotions run far ahead of that part of you that is harnessed to translate concepts into words, what you get is melody and not so many words, which is what you are experiencing. We would note, in this regard, the sound that you make instead of the word more accurately expresses the feeling that you are attempting to convey than does any word. Consequently, we would recommend that you open your mind to the concept of tones with vowel sounds as part of your music. You are only attempting more purely than language allows to express a certain quality or essence that lies in the underground, purified rivers of emotion that are part of the archetypal mind. You are attempting to bring these deep melodies up into conscious awareness. And indeed, as you do so, it shall be of service to others of some note, shall we say.

However, such work cannot be rushed. Consequently, when you feel that there is a lack of some kind in any composition on which you are working at a particular time, we would suggest that you take it into your heart, and let it sing itself to you while you listen to it.

It may help if you move while you are doing so, as in going for a walk or doing some rhythmic activity such as the chores of the day, the mowing of the lawn, the picking up of the leaves, or some mindless, repetitive task. See that as a dance that accompanies your unfinished song. Dance to it and let it sing itself to you. And in that state of no stress and no worry, that which is at the heart of what you are attempting to catch will come to you.

To ask the self to allow emotions to be refined and purified is to ask the self to walk into the fire of suffering. For if one defends against pain of an emotional type or a spiritual type, one ceases to be able to go deeper within those many, many levels of self that move into the archetypal mind. Indeed, it is through repeated experiences with such deeply painful emotions such as grief, anger, jealousy, and rage that one, oh so slowly, becomes able to bear the beauty of pure emotion. As in all things spiritual, the paradox is that as one is able to open oneself to the pain of going deeper within one’s emotional life, one is more and more able to see, to bear, to hold, to accept the emotions of joy, bliss, and peace. For as in all of the levels and ways of understanding the one infinite Creator, the essence is always Love. Consequently, the river of grief, the river of rage, all rivers whatsoever of purified emotion, lead at last into the ocean of bliss, which is the steady state of infinite Love. It is, in a way, terrifying not to defend the self.

We do not encourage being undefended if there is something to defend. We do not encourage you to push past that which you can bear. We ask you to draw careful boundaries when you need to do so, that you may contain in an integrated and healthy way that personality shell with which you came into incarnation. It is well to protect your sanity and your sense of self. It is far better to do this and to move more slowly towards the purification of emotion than to ask the self to move beyond the bounds that it can bear. But know and be confident in the fact that there is help that is available when emotions that you are processing are difficult, so that perhaps you may open just a hair more and be just one iota less fearful because you can feel the help that is with you, that is sustaining you, and will enable you to bear more. For as you bear more, as you undergo the suffering at a deeper level, you are burning away distortion. You are purifying the emotions you came in to attempt to purify. And when you are learning in these ways, that activity is highly protected. There is the need to acknowledge the help and to ask for the help, but the help is as near to you as your breathing.

Q’uo continued by saying to ask our self to allow emotions to be purified is to ask our self to walk into the fire of suffering, for if we defend against pain of an emotional type or a spiritual type, we cease to be able to go deeper within those many levels of self that move into the archetypal mind, and it is through repeated experiences with painful emotions such as grief, anger, and jealousy that we slowly become able to bear the beauty of pure emotion, so in all things spiritual the paradox is that as we are able to open our self to the pain of going deeper within our emotional life, we are more able to see and to accept the emotions of joy and peace, for as in all of the ways of understanding the one infinite Creator, the essence is always Love, so the river of grief and all rivers of purified emotion, lead at last into the ocean of bliss, which is the steady state of infinite Love, so it is terrifying not to defend the self. Then Q’uo said they do not encourage our being undefended if there is something to defend, so they asked us to draw careful boundaries when we need to do so, that we may contain in a healthy way that personality shell with which we came into incarnation, and it is well to protect our sanity and our sense of self because it is better to do this and to move more slowly towards the purification of emotion than to ask our self to move beyond the bounds that it can bear, but we must be confident in the fact that there is help that is available when emotions that we are processing are difficult, so that we may be a little less fearful because we can feel the help that is sustaining us, and it will enable us to bear more, for as we bear more and undergo the suffering at a deeper level, we are burning away distortion, and we are purifying the emotions we came in to attempt to purify, so when we are learning in these ways, that activity is highly protected, and there is the need to ask for the help, but the help is as near to us as our breathing. On December 15, 1996, Q’uo spoke of how we may purify our emotions:

So you may look upon the disciplines involved in purifying emotions within yourself as that job that the piano tuner does when it takes its vibrating instrument which, when struck, vibrates the A below middle C, and then attempts to tune the corresponding note upon the instrument to that precise vibratory rate. Each of your emotions has a perfect crystalline nature. It is buried within the distortions that keep you from seeing and hearing the beauty of that note of feeling, that emotion. So, when you experience emotions, know that you are receiving information from a deep source, that is, from that large portion of your consciousness that resides at a level below the threshold of conscious awareness. Where words cannot go, emotions become vocabulary.

So, as you gaze at yourself reacting emotionally, we ask that you realize that it is not at all your job to remove emotion. Nor is it desirable, in our opinion, that the emotions be altered because you feel they should be altered. Rather, we would suggest that with these emotions that strike you as being less than pure, to sit with that emotion, to re-experience that emotion, to move about in that feeling state, and to gaze without fear and without haste at that experience that you have collected. As you spend the time to contemplate that situation in which the emotion became embedded, perhaps you can begin to see some of where the distortions are within your own vibratory complex. This is valuable information, but not to the conscious mind. Rather, it is the subconscious mind which reaps the benefits of your contemplating those things which have moved you.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

L: No, thank you. Your words resonate with me very well.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my sister. We would ask if there is a final query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I have a follow-up to that last. If one is able to manage to integrate all of their reincarnational aspects, would this make the learning of lessons during life more efficient, and also would it make polarization more efficient?

We are those of Q’uo, and we believe that we are aware of your query, my brother. The adding of detail from various incarnations to that which is known of the incarnation within which you experience time and space may, in some cases, clarify issues that are puzzling. And it is perhaps because it is time for a clarification of such issues that memories of a previous incarnation would bleed through. Consequently, we may say that there is a positive aspect to working with incarnations besides the one in which you now experience life. However, my brother, there is a corresponding limitation which is brought about by the valuing of other incarnations’ details. This is due to the fact that each incarnation is a whole in and of itself. The entity that you were in any other incarnation would be unrecognizable to you from the standpoint of a personality, or as this instrument might say, a personality shell.

This is to say that in each incarnational opportunity, you have taken from an infinite store of characteristics, gifts, and limitations and previous associations a tiny portion of the whole and have created for yourself a persona, an avatar, if you will. For your avatar to play a pure game, it needs nothing but its essence. The power of added details to distract the self within this incarnation from a full amount of respect for its essence when in this incarnation is variable, but in some cases, it may be helpful to release the details of other incarnations—not your knowledge of them—if they have come to you and are justly a part of what you know. Rather, we would suggest that you release them from the stricture of attempting to mold them into one larger being that tells you more than you will discover when, as the one known as S said, you sit in the sunshine and are suddenly aware of yourself.

Questioner asked: “If one is able to manage to integrate all of their reincarnational aspects, would this make the learning of lessons during life more efficient, and also would it make polarization more efficient?” Q’uo began by saying adding detail from various incarnations to that which is known of the incarnation within which we experience time and space may clarify issues that are puzzling, and perhaps it is because it is time for a clarification of such issues that memories of a previous incarnation would bleed through, so Q’uo said there is a positive aspect to working with incarnations besides the one in which we now experience life, but there is a corresponding limitation which is brought about by the valuing of other incarnations’ details, and this is due to the fact that each incarnation is a whole in and of itself, so if the entity that we are were in any other incarnation it would be unrecognizable to us from the standpoint of a personality shell. Q’uo went on to say in each incarnational opportunity, we have taken from an infinite store of gifts, limitations, and previous associations a tiny portion of the whole and have created for ourself a persona, and for our persona to play a pure game it needs nothing but its essence, so the power of added details to distract our self within this incarnation from a full amount of respect for its essence when in this incarnation is variable, but in some cases it may be helpful to release the details of other incarnations—not our knowledge of them—if they have come to us and are a part of what we know, so Q’uo suggested that we release them from the stricture of attempting to mold them into one larger being that tells us more than we will discover when we sit in the sunshine and are suddenly aware of our self. On May 3, 1998, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our persona:

You are, as it says in your holy works, a lamp upon a hill. It is not your Light that lights the lamp. It is the Creator’s. What you are able to do as you work with your mind and your heart is, little by little, to clean the panes of your lamp so that they are transparent and so that the infinite Light may shine through, each of you, though you deem yourself unworthy. For you cannot give love to the world. You shall shortly run out in your persona as a human being, as a time-bound entity. Everything is finite, and it is as though you are in a cage of flesh and illusion. There is that within you which remembers paradise, which knows a better way, which is at peace and at rest. But that part of the self is very difficult to find access to. Until the day comes when, as the one known as R said, the journey from head to heart is made.

My friends, it is with sadness that we part from you, for we have greatly enjoyed this conversation and the beauty and courage of your spirits. And the sacred space they have made is awesome. Thank you. Thank you for calling us. Thanks to this instrument for collaborating with us. Thanks to the one infinite Creator, whom you and we all serve, for this opportunity to be together in His love and in His light. We are known to you as those of the principle of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai.

This morning I drove to Thieneman’s Nursery and bought a Nandina bush, an Azalea bush, and ten bales of pine straw.

This afternoon I spread the pine straw bales in three locations on the east side of the fish pond, around the Azalea bushes on two sides of the back deck, and on three sides of the Cross area in the back yard that is also planted in Azalea bushes.  Then I used my backpack blower to blow the edges of each area more neatly into place.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 27

Hunger And Hope

I am the Spirit of the living Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

This instrument has been bewildered, as we have flooded the instrument with images of hunger, poverty, entities without homes, without shelter, without clothing, and without hope.

This is a part of the perfect beauty of your illusion. This is that which may be found, not just in other places, but in yours. The spirit of Christ speaks to the world in Love, in peace, and in service. What shall you do this day to acknowledge that your very selves are hungry?

Seek in your heart to find a call to renew, revive and replenish the concept of hope, for you are the spirit of Christ in the world today. Your hands give heavenly food as well as provender.

Above all hunger and disorder, may you see the overriding and underlying peace of Jesus Christ, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from November 21, 2009

Jim: The question this evening (from S) is: “In our culture the acquisition and use of power by women is often discouraged from childhood onward. Would you please speak to us on the most appropriate use of one’s power, in both the protection and defense of the self and in service to others in general, but more specifically as it applies to women who are seeking to live the Law of One?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We have greatly enjoyed listening to your discussion this evening and are most happy and privileged to be asked to join your circle of seeking and to speak about power and especially the power of the feminine principle. Before we address that subject, however, as always, we would ask of each of you who hears or reads these words that you employ your discrimination and your discernment, choosing those thoughts that we share that seem good to you and allowing the rest to fall away. In this way, we shall feel free to share our humble opinions without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will in some way or interrupt the rhythm of your spiritual seeking. We thank you for this consideration.

To enter into the question of the right use of power it might be helpful to consider the concept of power itself. Within your physical lives there is the simple concept of physical power: strength in the arm, the ability to manipulate tools and to saw boards or hammer nails or lift heavy objects, simple muscular power. In the metaphysical world, these connotations remain when speaking of power. However, the hammer is the hammer of focus. The sword is the sword of intention. The weight is the weight of desire, so that metaphysical power is that ability of the focused and disciplined personality to set and keep an intention and to do work in consciousness. Between these two definitions or types of power, there is a kind of power that is emotional and that has to do with one’s intention to be of service, either to the self or to others. This is not a pure or a clarified kind of power but is rather a reflection of the values which a particular society or culture finds persuasive.

Thusly, entities who wish to be movers and shakers on the world scene, as this instrument would say, cultivate personal power. They find ways to have influence over others. They find ways to manipulate others. They find ways to accomplish the goals that they have chosen. The metaphysical or ethical value of such goals is nearly always quite mixed, and this is why we place this subjective type of power in a separate category. By and large, when people think about power, they think neither of physical strength nor metaphysical strength, but about the somewhat sticky and quite complicated ways of political and economic power, power meaning influence, power meaning the ability to press one’s will on others. Thusly, when we speak of the right use of power, we wish to be clear that we are not speaking of the worldly ability to wield influence in the halls of economic and political decision making. Were we to speak on that subject, we would not be able to bring metaphysical and spiritual principles to bear. Rather, we would be speaking of the virtues of the service-to-self polarity as opposed to service-to-others polarity. There is a tangential bearing of this type of power on metaphysical power. However, as one presses into the deeper levels of what power truly is, metaphysically speaking, the discussion would fall apart since worldly power is so mixed in polarity.

S asked: “In our culture the acquisition and use of power by women is often discouraged from childhood onward. Would you please speak to us on the most appropriate use of one’s power, in both the protection and defense of the self and in service to others in general, but more specifically as it applies to women who are seeking to live the Law of One?” Then Q’uo said to enter into the question of the right use of power it might be helpful to consider the concept of power, and within your physical lives there is the concept of physical power: the ability to manipulate tools, or lift heavy objects, and simple muscular power, but in the metaphysical world these ideas remain when speaking of power, so the hammer is the hammer of focus, and the sword is the sword of intention, and the weight is the weight of desire, so that metaphysical power is that ability of the disciplined personality to keep an intention and to do work in consciousness, and between these two types of power, there is a kind of power that is emotional and that has to do with one’s intention to be of service, either to the self or to others, but this is not a pure kind of power but is a reflection of the values which a particular society or culture finds persuasive. Then Q’uo said entities who wish to be movers and shakers on the world scene, cultivate personal power by manipulating others, and they find ways to accomplish the goals that they have chosen, and this is why we place this subjective type of power in a separate category, and when people think about power, they think neither of physical strength nor metaphysical strength, but about the complicated ways of political and economic power, so when we speak of the right use of power, we wish to be clear that we are not speaking of the worldly ability to wield influence in the halls of economic and political decision making because were we to speak on that subject we would be speaking of the virtues of the service-to-self polarity as opposed to service-to-others polarity, and there is a tangential bearing of this type of power on metaphysical power, but as one presses into the deeper levels of what power truly is, metaphysically speaking, the discussion would fall apart since worldly power is so mixed in polarity. On May 8, 1983, Latwii described the nature of metaphysical power:

May we now move to another aspect of the catalyst which seems negative. All of your creation, all of any creation, is based upon an illusion, the illusion of separation. It would seem to one observing creation that certain things, in fact all things, exist apart from each other. Yet, are not all one? Therefore, as you face the catalyst of your daily round of experience, remember that each portion of the creation, though an illusion, also contains the Love of the one Creator. Your mission, shall we say, if you should choose to accept it, is to find that Love. This is the work of the adept, for it requires that which has the magical or metaphysical power of transformation. As you look at what seems to be negative, look for the Creator. The Creator is there. Look for Love. Love is there. If then you can find that Love, that Light, the one Creator within the situation and within yourself, then you, as Creator, may speak to that situation which also is the Creator. And it may be transformed by your recognition of it as the Creator.

Let us now, then, speak of third density, the Density of Choice, the density where the great apes who began third density with their instinctual ways have, through thousands of your years and hundreds of incarnations, attempted to become human. It may be said that there are many among your people who have never fully become human. They have rested with the second-density instinctual values of the great apes: the defense of the clan, the gathering of resources for the survival of the clan, and the protection of the clan from any perceived threat. To be human is to become aware of who one is. It is to become self-aware and to behold within the self that ethically motivated being into whose fragile temporary home the body and the mind, has been poured infinity and eternity so that each self-aware human being is a fully formed spark of the one infinite Creator.

When an entity becomes aware of the infinite reaches of the self and begins to perceive the surrounding milieu in terms of its possibilities for ethical choice, the creation of a fully functioning human being has begun. The citizen of eternity has awakened from the sleep of earth. Gradually that entity begins to become aware of the power within that great original Thought of unconditional Love that has created all that there is, that Thought which is also yours to use, to create your universe, your way, your truth. Metaphysical power is inherent in the awakened human. Even a small child begins to test the limits of his power, his power to say, “Mine,” his power to say, “No,” his power of choice. As the body within incarnation grows to maturity, it is the plan of the infinite One that the mind within also grows and becomes more self aware. It is hoped, and it is pressed upon each spark of the Creator by the very plan of his incarnation, that choice points shall come before that human’s eyes and heart and mind, giving each entity practice in being human, in making the choice of how to serve. For service is inevitable no matter how little a human being wishes to serve. The very nature of third density places each seeker in a series of points of choice and asks that seeker, “How shall you use your power to choose?”

Q’uo continued by saying let us speak of third density, the Density of Choice, the density where the great apes who began third density with their instinctual ways have, through thousands of years and hundreds of incarnations, attempted to become human, and it may be said that there are many among our people who have never fully become human, and they have rested with the second-density instinctual values of the great apes: the defense of the clan, the gathering of resources for the survival of the clan, and the protection of the clan from any perceived threat, so to be human is to become aware of who we are, and it is to become self-aware and to behold within our self that ethically motivated being into whose fragile temporary home the body and the mind of infinity has been poured so that each self-aware human being is a fully formed spark of the one infinite Creator. Then Q’uo said we become aware of the infinite reaches of our self and begin to perceive the surrounding milieu in terms of its possibilities for ethical choice, so the creation of a fully functioning human being has begun, and the citizen of eternity has awakened from the sleep of earth, and gradually we begin to become aware of the power within that great original Thought of unconditional Love that has created all that there is, that Thought which is also ours to use, to create our universe, and our truth, so metaphysical power is inherent in the awakened human, and even a small child begins to test the limits of his power to say, “Mine,” his power to say, “No,” his power of choice, and as our body within incarnation grows to maturity, it is the plan of the infinite One that our mind within also grows and becomes more self-aware, so it is pressed upon each spark of the Creator by the very plan of our incarnation, that choice points shall come before our eyes, heart, and mind giving each of us practice in being human, in making the choice of how to serve, for service is inevitable no matter how little a human being wishes to serve, and the nature of third density places each seeker in a series of points of choice and asks us, “How shall you use your power to choose?” On December 10, 2006, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the choice that we have to make in third density:

When this creation was younger and worlds closer to what this instrument calls the central sun were maturing, the work done by a planetary population was a work done by a population of one kind, or race, or being. In the course of many graduations from many planets, there gradually began to build up populations from Earths such as yours which had finished their third density, the density of choice, and had not been able to graduate into the density of love. These population groups then needed to move to another third-density experience to take up once again the lessons of making the choice.

This choice is a choice of polarity. It is a choice between choosing to love, include and accept, with compassion for all things and beings as part of one Creator, and the choice of seeing all entities as those who may be able to serve you. It is a choice of service to others or service to self. It is a simple choice. It is not an intellectually staggering thing to determine when you are being kind, inclusive and compassionate, and when you are being unkind, un-inclusive and non-compassionate. As simple as this choice is, it is not a choice that many of your peoples have found easy to penetrate with a stable determination to follow either the ways of service to others or service to self.

Third density, then, is built upon dynamic opposites: male and female, light and dark, radiant and magnetic, positive and negative. It is such an obvious feature of third density that one of your society’s greatest clichés is, “There are two kinds of people… “And then the person will say, “Those that do this and those that don’t do this,” or, “Those that do this and those that do that.” Those that are optimists, those that are pessimists; those that like to cook, and those that don’t. There is one after another after another way of looking at the state of humanhood and it inevitably involves the mind’s making a distinction between two ways of being. Many are the creations of the Father that have played out their third density in an atmosphere in which there was far less freedom of choice, or to put it another way, far less confusion than in your particular sub-Logos’ version of third density.

In creations where the veil does not drop entirely, the hints and inklings that give an ethically motivated seeker the ability to make choices clearly are enhanced. However, when there is less of a veil and less true freedom of will, the third-density experience takes quite a bit longer, for there is no intensity to take a test when one knows the answers. It was this sub-Logos’ choice to create an extremely heavy veil and complete free will. Therefore, as humans attempt to become more fully human and to make ethical choices with clarity and precision, they have no proof that what they are thinking is correct, but only the faith within that believes, against all apparent adverse suggestion, that the universe is indeed a universe of Love and that making choices that enhance Love and enlarge compassion shall be the way in which power is developed to do work in consciousness.

Q’uo went on to say third density is built upon dynamic opposites: male and female, positive and negative, and it is such an obvious feature of third density that one of our society’s greatest clichés is there are those that are optimists; those that are pessimists; those that like to cook, and those that don’t, and there is one after another after way of looking at the state of humanhood, and it involves our  making a distinction between two ways of being, so many are the creations of the Father that have played out their third density in an atmosphere in which there was less confusion than in our particular sub-Logos’ version of third density. Q’uo continued by saying in creations where the veil does not drop entirely, the hints that give an ethically motivated seeker the ability to make choices clearly are enhanced, but when there is less of a veil and less true freedom of will, the third-density experience takes longer, for there is no intensity to take a test when one knows the answers, so it was this sub-Logos’ choice to create a heavy veil and complete free will, so as humans attempt to become more fully human and to make ethical choices with clarity and precision, they have no proof that what they are thinking is correct, but only the faith within that believes, against all adverse suggestion, that the universe is a universe of Love, and that making choices that enhance Love and enlarge compassion shall be the way in which power is developed to do work in consciousness. On May 19, 2007, Q’uo spoke of the veil of forgetting:

In this schoolroom, there is a heavy veil between the conscious and the subconscious mind. This means that there is no real awareness in the everyday, waking self of one’s true identity as a spark or a piece of the one infinite Creator that is holographic in nature.

This aliveness is present in every cell of your body. Your very cells’ hearts are Love. It is the action of Light upon Love that has created this illusory, third-density school of souls. And you have entered this refinery, this furnace, because you desired to do at least two things: you desired to learn, and you desired to serve.

Further complicating the picture is the genetic manipulation at the beginning of this master cycle of experience upon your Planet Earth of the great-ape bodies—which are the bodies intended to grow gradually into third density and gradually into humanhood—by one of the guardians of your planet. It was felt that it was worth an experiment to see if the physical and mental capabilities of the great ape could be enhanced, therefore giving those entering humans far more of an opportunity to make progress in a rapid manner. Here, however, there was a signal lack of awareness of precisely what the enhanced bodies and minds of the humans of early third density would do in reaction to these added enhancements. Imagine the dismay and the regret of that guardian whose name was Yahweh, when it was discovered that rather than seeking to become human, the entering entities of third density sought only to protect the clan, gather resources for the clan, and defend the clan against threat, the instinctual awareness of late second density.

What has ensued has been a ruinous, repetitive series of empires in which the male principle of aggression, protection, and control created empire after empire after empire, and as the male principle, uninformed by the female principle, has no idea how to move from empire to love, each empire has crushed itself under its own weight, leaving behind many who suffer, many who die in wars and aggressions, and who then must begin again to build a hopefully more sustainable, balanced society. It is against this background of that sticky power that builds empires that one can see that the feminine principle would be greatly to be feared, controlled and placed under the heel of the male principle, for the female principle that would balance the aggression, and the reaching is also that principle without which the male principle can literally not live. It is to the female principle that is attracted infinity and eternity. It is to the female body that the ocean of life comes, and it is from that ocean of life that the species of humankind is perpetuated.

Then Q’uo said further complicating the picture is the genetic manipulation at the beginning of this master cycle of experience upon our Earth of the great-ape bodies—which are the bodies intended to grow gradually into humanhood—by one of the guardians of our planet because it was felt that it was worth an experiment to see if the physical and mental capabilities of the great ape could be enhanced giving those entering humans more of an opportunity to make progress in a rapid manner, but there was a lack of awareness of what the enhanced bodies and minds of the humans of early third density would do in reaction to these added enhancements, so imagine the regret of that guardian Yahweh when it was discovered that rather than seeking to become human, the entering entities of third density sought only to protect the clan, gather resources for the clan, and defend the clan against threat, which is the instinctual awareness of late second density. Q’uo went on to say what resulted has been a ruinous series of empires in which the male principle of aggression and control created empire after empire, and as the male principle, uninformed by the female principle, has no idea how to move from empire to love, so each empire has crushed itself under its own weight, leaving behind many who suffer, many who die in wars, and who must begin again to build a more sustainable, balanced society, so it is against this background of that power that builds empires that we can see that the feminine principle would be feared, controlled, and placed under the heel of the male principle, for the female principle that would balance the aggression, and the reaching is also that principle without which the male principle can literally not live, so it is to the female principle that infinity is attracted, and it is to the female body that the ocean of life comes, and it is from that ocean of life that the species of humankind is perpetuated. On April 11, 2009, Q’uo described the situation of the female principle in relation to the male principle:

The truth is, it is to the female principle that spiritual knowledge is given, not as one who tells, but as one who carries. It is not that the biological female is more knowledgeable of spiritual things than the male. It is that the very essence of femininity, the archetypical nature, contains knowledge in a direct sense of the truth for which the male grasps endlessly, but which he can never completely uncover, for it resides in the mystery with which women are comfortable, and men are not.

The easiest and most direct way towards reversing this situation which is unconsciously felt by men is to dominate the women who contain the key to the mystery of life. It is not a logical movement. It is not a rational decision. It is based in fear, as the one known as Jim has said. Yet it is not a fear of any one woman. It is that fear that they shall never be granted the truth, but shall always be dependent upon women who contain that truth.

Consequently, there is that energy to enshrine and worship the ideal woman who contains the truth, and also to take womanhood away from the pedestal and under the heel. Therefore, there develops within societies, ancient and modern, a set of rationalizations for prejudice. In extreme cases, as you may see in your Middle Eastern cultures, there is a long-standing belief that women are biologically inferior, weak, and without the ability to take care of themselves.

Thusly, you see subverted that energy of cooperation and collaboration that was intended by the one infinite Creator and instead, there is a lack of equality and an even deeper lack of belief in the possibility of true equality.

The male principle dies without the acceptance and cooperation of the feminine. Indeed, viewed from that simple physical standpoint, power resides in the feminine, rather than the masculine principle. On a very deep and usually unconscious level, this is a source of great fear and consequently that which is perceived to be so powerful, so necessary, must instead be reshaped to be weak, submissive, dependent and always under the control of the male principle. Your entire planet at this time is heavily overbalanced towards the masculine principle. It is desperately in need of balance. We do not say simply that women should have more power, for we are not speaking on the level of literal men and women. We are speaking on the level of the two energies which, cooperating fully, create the balanced and perfected human and the balanced and perfected third-density milieu. It is not only men who need the feminine principle, but also women—that is, biological women—who need the feminine principle to be upheld, validated and honored.

When one is attempting to live the Law of One, as the one known as S has asked, one is attempting to live a fully human, fully balanced life, one that values both wisdom and love, not valuing one over the other but looking always for that point of balance whereby the decisions that are made in ethical choice points are those decisions that enlarge and enhance unconditional Love. The feminine principle is that which looks for ways to cooperate, ways to collaborate, ways to move in harmony and rhythm, to find and sustain an environment which does no harm but only serves to improve and balance relationships and energy expenditures of all kinds.

Now Q’uo said the male principle dies without the acceptance and cooperation of the feminine, and viewed from that physical standpoint, power resides in the feminine, rather than the masculine principle, so on a deep and unconscious level, this is a source of great fear, and that which is perceived to be so powerful and necessary that it must be reshaped to be submissive, and always under the control of the male principle, and our planet is overbalanced towards the masculine principle and in need of balance, but we do not say that women should have more power, for we are not speaking on the level of literal men and women, but we are speaking on the level of the two energies which, cooperating fully, create the balanced and perfected human and the balanced and perfected third-density environment, so it is not only men who need the feminine principle, but also women—that is, biological women—who need the feminine principle to be validated and honored. Now Q’uo said when we are attempting to live the Law of One we are attempting to live a fully balanced life, one that values both wisdom and love, not valuing one over the other but looking always for that point of balance whereby the decisions that are made in ethical choice points are those decisions that enlarge and enhance unconditional Love, so the feminine principle is that which looks for ways to cooperate and ways to move in harmony and rhythm, to find and sustain an environment which does no harm but only serves to balance relationships and energy expenditures of all kinds. On October 6, 2006, Q’uo spoke of the energy expenditures of love and wisdom:

This arrangement of energy expenditures is a part of the structure within which all of those parts of the Creator which you represent may move through the dance of the densities, seeking the truth, learning what it is to be, to be aware, to be aware of the self, to be aware of love, to be aware of wisdom, and to be aware of unity. To attempt to understand the Creator by understanding the Creator’s house is, in our humble opinion, an indirect attempt.

Now, how is one to promote that spirit of cooperation and collaboration within one’s own being? Perhaps we might suggest that it begins with the way one treats oneself. The feminine principle is not a judgmental principle. It is a loving and merciful principle. And the first overbalancing of male energy that any awakening human might find shall be that point of judgment within the self when a self-perceived error occurs.

How do you handle yourself when you are in a self-perceived error? Are you judgmental? Do you say, “What a fool I am! I can never get this right! I should be ashamed of myself.”? If so, you are reacting in an overbalanced male way. It is easy to judge. It is far more difficult to forgive. Yet we would ask you, is there anything to forgive when a child adds two plus two and gets five? We would suggest that it is a matter of correcting the error in adding two plus two to get four next time. Thusly, begin to live the Law of One by using your power to forgive, to begin again, to let go of that need to judge, that need to break through mistakes and force correction. As you begin to forgive yourself, you gain the power that comes with mercy.

Q’uo said asked how are we to promote that spirit of cooperation within our being, so they suggested that it begins with the way we treat our self, so the feminine principle is not a judgmental principle, but it is a loving and merciful principle, and the first overbalancing of male energy that any awakening human might find shall be that point of judgment within the self when a self-perceived error occurs. Then Q’uo said if we handle our self when we are in a self-perceived error by being judgmental we are reacting in an overbalanced male way since it is easy to judge, and it is more difficult to forgive, so we must begin to live the Law of One by using our power to forgive, to begin again, to let go of that need to judge, and as we begin to forgive our self, we gain the power that comes with mercy. On January 15, 2006, Q’uo said that we all have the power to forgive:

The power to forgive is tremendous. You have the power to declare that a situation is as you see it and not as the world sees it. And by serenely sticking to your story, you can save your mind, your emotions, and your heart from undergoing the crushing action of physical circumstance. This is not something that the world can understand easily. It is something for you to take within yourself and with which you can experiment.

We would ask you to experiment with taking your power back whenever you feel helpless and hopeless. Remember who you are and why you’re here. Take courage and feel the dignity of your reality. You did not come here for casual purposes. You came here as a sacred journey, and you are doing very well with it. Take pride in yourself. Have faith in your process. And know that your guidance is closer than your hands and feet and nearer to you than your next breath.

As you begin to see yourself as a whole person who has been known to make errors but who is always far greater than the sum of the mistakes made, there comes into you a feeling of dignity and self-respect, for you are no longer judging yourself on your behavior. You are beginning to judge yourself on your intentions and your basic nature. As you become self-forgiven, be you biological male or biological female, there is awakened within you a self-perception that includes true power, for you know you have the power to understand and forgive. And you know that when those about you impinge upon you in ways that may seem hurtful, you have the power to stand on your self-forgiven feet and gaze at those entities at the soul level and forgive them. For you know that they know not what they do.

And so, your world begins to be self-forgiven. And your power grows, as does your power to love, your power to forgive, your power to exercise patience and understanding. The definition of magical power is the power to create changes in consciousness at will. As you are self-forgiven and know yourself to be an instrument of love, so you change your consciousness. Each time you tune into that feeling of self-forgiveness and self-respect, you are changing the vibration of your entire energy body, and you are changing the vibration of Planet Earth.

So Q’uo said as we begin to see our self as a whole person who has been known to make errors but who is always far greater than the sum of the mistakes we made, there comes into us a feeling of self-respect, for we are no longer judging our self for our behavior because we are beginning to judge our self on our intentions and our basic nature, and as we become self-forgiven, whether we are biological male or biological female, there is awakened within us a self-perception that includes true power, for we know we have the power to understand and forgive, so we know that when those about us impinge upon us in ways that may seem hurtful, we have the power to stand on our self-forgiven feet and gaze at those entities at the soul level and forgive them, for we know that they know not what they do. Q’uo went on to say then our world begins to be self-forgiven, and our power grows, as does our power to love and forgive, and to exercise patience and understanding, so the definition of magical power is the power to create changes in consciousness at will, and as we are self-forgiven and know that we are an instrument of Love, so we change our consciousness, and each time we tune into that feeling of self-forgiveness and self-respect, we are changing the vibration of our entire energy body, and we are changing the vibration of Earth. On May 3, 1998, Q’uo spoke about how each of us is an instrument of Love:

Yet in faith and in hope you took on this lifetime, for you wished to love the Earth and its people. You wished to serve, and this is your opportunity. In truth, it matters not what is occurring upon the surface of your life as long as you are attempting to be an instrument of Love, a harbinger of peace. Practice being. Practice at odd moments, allowing the self simply to be aware, and resting in that deep peace that is awareness of the Creator. You shall certainly get lost in the sea of confusion again and again. But that too is illusion. Trust that heart within, and as you are given the grace to do so, work with those concepts of being and doing until you begin to have a lucid idea of what it is to be yourself. This is an art of profound moment, and we encourage each of you to take it up. In your hopes and in your prayers, surrender all to the Creator and know, in confidence and in quiet, that which is needed for you to learn and for you to serve will come to you. May you see all things with the eyes of Love.

As we so often do, we would like to point out that you have tremendous amounts of help available to you as you learn to live as a person of power and to use that power rightly. Your guidance system is with you, nearer than your hands or your heart. There are those entities about you which you have drawn to yourself because of who you are. As you vibrate in a certain frequency, you draw to yourself unseen companions who vibrate at that frequency. As you begin to raise your consciousness and begin to know who you are, a child of the Creator, a person with hands to reach in Love, a person with a voice to speak in Love, a person with a mind to ideate in love, each frequency that you open calls unto you those whom some call angels and others call inner masters.

Whatever their name, these entities stand at your back like a backdrop of Light. And as you become more aware of this help you can lean into that help and ask for that help. Indeed, this instrument works with angelic energies each day as she rests in the waters of her bathtub, because water is such a tremendously magnetic medium and can be charged with the Love of those about you who wish to heal and help you. As you become more used to living as a magical personality and feeling your power, then you have the responsibility of using that power well. And we strongly suggest that entering the silence is a very helpful resource in the project of centering yourself anew, afresh, each day and sometimes each hour and each minute. The Creator’s name in some circles is “I Am.” How shall you serve? This is the challenge given to those in the density of choice on Planet Earth. May you choose with your deepest heart to become you.

And then Q’uo said that we have help available to us as we learn to live as a person of power, so we must to use that power rightly since our guidance system is with us, and there are those entities about us which we have drawn to our self because of who we are, and as we vibrate in a certain frequency, we draw to our self unseen companions who vibrate at that frequency, so as we raise our consciousness and begin to know that we are a child of the Creator, a person with hands to reach in Love, and a person with a voice to speak in Love, each frequency that we open calls unto us those whom some call angels and others call inner masters. Now Q’uo said these entities stand at our back like a backdrop of Light, and as we become aware of this help we can ask for that help, and Carla works with angelic energies each day as she rests in the waters of her bathtub, because water is such a magnetic medium and can be charged with the Love of those about us who wish to heal and help us, so as we become used to living as a magical personality and feeling our power, then we have the responsibility of using that power well, and entering the silence is a helpful resource in the project of centering our self each day and sometimes each hour and each minute, for the Creator’s name in some circles is “I Am,” and deciding how we shall serve is the challenge given to us in the density of choice on Earth, so Q’uo suggested that we choose with our deepest heart to become who we are. On April 11, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the value of our entering the silence:

And lastly, my brother, as in all things, we recommend periods of entering the silence so that you may hear the still, small voice of guidance, and so that you may rest from the endless considerations of the rational mind and give yourself over to the experience of direct company with the one infinite Creator. For the Creator awaits you in the silence of the tabernacle of your heart.

We would ask at this time if there is a follow-up to this query before we open up this session to other questions. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: [Inaudible]

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we grasp your query, my brother, but because the hearing of this instrument is somewhat weak, we would like to restate your query and make sure that we grasp it. Is this satisfactory with you, my brother?

Questioner: Sure.

What we believe you asked is, when you are attempting to act from your deepest beliefs and your deepest heart, many times there are impediments that are thrown up and frustrations and difficulties in following your heart, and you wish to know what we would say about that situation. Is this correct, my brother?

Questioner: Yes.

Q’uo: Very well then. We are sorry to repeat but this instrument’s ears are none too good, as she would say. My brother, we spoke earlier of third density as a kind of school. Each choice point is a point at which you are able to express your understanding of a certain principle in this refinery of souls and when that choice point has been met, patterns of energy are set up which are as the tide going out and the tide coming in. Your decision is bread upon the waters, and it shall flow to you again, but not with you being at the same place. For there are no two tides the same, and you are not the same person at any two moments of your life. You are in constant flux, and the incarnational lesson upon which you’ve just had this test has set up a pattern that shall flow back to you with what this instrument would call a “ten-minute quiz.” Did you get that principle or were you just passing the test to get an “A”? That’s the question.

So, again and again, you shall get what seem to be challenges and resistances to your decisions that test your ability to remain steadfast in your understanding of the basic question covered by the previous test. You see, my brother, in a moment of emergency it may be possible for you to outdo yourself and be brilliant. Clarity and precision are yours, and you see how everything fits. And then, another day, another week, another month, routine, boredom, a losing of focus can set in. And when it is very important to you as a soul stream that this particular incarnational lesson be met and balanced, the ten-minute quizzes can come fast and furiously, one upon another. The test hasn’t changed. The question hasn’t changed, but it has hit you at a different point in your spiritual evolution, and it has hit you in a novel way, so that you begin to flex those powerful muscles of choice, not simply with the initial choice, but with the ramifications of that choice.

Questioner’s question was: “When you are attempting to act from your deepest beliefs and your deepest heart, many times there are impediments that are thrown up and frustrations and difficulties in following your heart, and you wish to know what we would say about that situation.” Q’uo said third density is a school, and each choice point is a point at which you are able to express your understanding of a certain principle in this refinery of souls, and when that choice point has been met, patterns of energy are set up which are as the tide going out and coming in, so your decision is bread upon the waters, and it shall flow to you again, but not with you being at the same place, for there are no two tides the same, and you are not the same person at any two moments of your life, but you are in constant flux, and the incarnational lesson upon which you’ve just had this test has set up a pattern that shall flow back to you with what Carla would call a “ten-minute quiz,” so did you get that principle, or were you just passing the test to get an “A”? Then Q’uo said again and again, you shall get what seem to be challenges to your decisions that test your ability to remain steadfast in your understanding of the basic question covered by the previous test since in a moment of emergency it may be possible for you to outdo yourself and be brilliant, and clarity is your nature, and you see how everything fits, and in another week, another month of routine, and a losing of focus can set in, so when it is important to you that this incarnational lesson be met and balanced, the ten-minute quizzes can come fast one upon another, so neither the test nor the question have changed, but it has hit you at a different point in your spiritual evolution, and it has hit you in a novel way, so that you begin to flex those powerful muscles of choice, not simply with the initial choice, but with the ramifications of that choice. On May 7, 2006, Q’uo said that our initial choice is of service to others:

For the human tribe that inhabits the surface of Planet Earth, things are not so cut and dried. The time of choice is greatly limited now among your people. This is not a cause for great concern for most of those, if not all of those, who shall make that choice for graduation have already made the initial choice of service to others. There is still time to make that initial choice, but you may do the calculation necessary to see that the time is short.

It is not possible for us to generalize how this happens. Wherever you have undeveloped light within your being, what this instrument would call within your personality shell, that will be the target for temptation to slide away from the purity of your initial choice. There will be the temptation to doubt the self or to feel that, “It is no use, I can’t keep this up,” or if there is no particular emotional chink in your armor, there may be mental chinks or physical chinks which will then be thrown up against your set intention to serve the Creator. Consequently, there are as many different ways to practice those vibrational frequencies that enlarge love as there are people attempting to become fully human.

There are many ways to be discouraged. There are many ways to be distracted. There are many ways to lose that feeling of flexibility and to allow disappointment to become bitterness. It is a very subtle thing sometimes, my brother, to see accurately into resistance, but one thing you may know for sure is that this is third density. There is always the dynamic between love and fear, light and darkness, joy and bitterness, unity and division. And you can see the light and the radiance of the choice for unity, for patience, for forgiveness, for belief in the self and so forth and so on.

Then Q’uo said it is not possible for us to generalize how this happens, so wherever you have undeveloped light within your personality shell, that will be the target for temptation to slide away from the purity of your initial choice, and there will be the temptation to doubt the self, or if there is no particular emotional chink in your armor, there may be mental chinks or physical chinks which will then be thrown up against your set intention to serve the Creator, so there are as many ways to practice those vibrational frequencies that enlarge love as there are people attempting to become fully human. Q’uo went on to say there are many ways to be discouraged and to allow disappointment to become bitterness, and it is a subtle thing sometimes to see into resistance, but one thing you may know is that this is third density, and there is always the dynamic between love and fear, between unity and division, and you can see the Light and the radiance of the choice for unity, for forgiveness, and for belief in the self. On November 28, 2004, Q’uo spoke of the dynamic between love and fear:

As you move forward in the process of spiritual evolution, you will find yourself continuing to uncover areas that were previously unknown to you within the very complex pattern of your total personality. So, this is not a question that will go away as you learn more. It is a question that will deepen and intensify, for there is no end to the mystery of this dynamic between love and fear.

In the world of ideas, qualities like love and fear are entities. To put a face and a body to love is perhaps to imagine a feminine figure, loving and maternal, with open arms and an open heart and a willingness to embrace. To put a face and a body to fear is perhaps to imagine a male figure clad in an enveloping cloak in which are gathered all of the treasures that this figure is attempting to hold tightly to himself.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is a final query before we leave this instrument and this group. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I have a query. I know that this is a somewhat self-based question, but would it be possible to tell me if the opposition I’m facing right now is coming entirely from within, or if there are outer sources working as well? I feel it would help me in the path I take to overcome this opposition best.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. My sister, may we ask you a query?

Questioner: Yes.

Q’uo: We would ask you, my sister, do you have a fairly certain knowledge of the true answer to this question? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I seem to think one thing at one moment and another at the next, so I’m not sure.

We are those of Q’uo. In that case, my sister, there is just so far that we may go. The challenge which you face lies both in self-perceived chinks in the armor which are of long standing and of the attention of one who would distract you from serving the light. Therefore, we encourage you to be steadfast and to embrace all undeveloped light with a love so true and so pure that it sees the Creator. This technique cannot be insincere and still succeed. For if one loves because loving will conquer, then there is a service-to-self element within that love.

The releasing of all fear and the absolute adherence to the highest and best that you know, together with the calling upon that tremendous, unseen source of unconditional Love that surrounds you and this instrument that you wish to be shall be your resources at this time, my sister. Please know that at any time you wish for us to be one which underscores that basic vibration that you reach in meditation, we are glad to join your meditation and to stabilize that undercurrent of unconditional love. It is our privilege and our pleasure and you have but mentally to request it.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No, that helps a lot.

We are those of Q’uo and we thank you, my sister. Dear brothers and sisters, it has been such a pleasure to be with you this evening and to be called to your circle of seeking. We thank you for this great privilege and for the beauty of your sacred space that you have created together. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo.

This morning I went outside and pumped half of the water out of the fishpond. Then I cleaned the filters for the fountain with the sprayer on the garden hose. Then I fertilized the water lilies with two tablets for each of the five water lilies. Then I began refilling the fishpond with fresh water, and while the water was refilling, I transplanted a tray of dahlias into the Sun Mandala behind the garage to fill in some gaps between the Dahlias. Then I went back to the fishpond and turned on the fountain to be sure that it would not splash out of the pond. Then I added some Aquasafe to neutralize the chlorine in the fresh water.

This afternoon I went outside and weeded the Hosta under the Honeysuckle bushes in the back yard. Then I replaced some of the netting over the Hosta that had torn and added some stakes to cover a couple of the sides of the Hosta Garden to increase the area of coverage and protect the Hosta from the deer.  

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 26

The Spirit Of Love

I am the Spirit of Him who comes in the name of the Lord.

All things dwell within the Love of God. The Love of God is a power which emanates from each living thing. Long before one reaches another person the two sendings of Love have intertwined and greeted each other.

There are those whose sensitivity causes them to find pain in the contact with the Love of the Creator and pain in the contact with other souls. For the Love of God is a strong and vibrant thing and one which removes one’s isolation completely.

Yet even in the midst of isolated countryside, that consciousness which emanates and exudes as the Love of the Creator is sent out by each creation of the Father, each flower, grass, and tree. There are some sensitive souls who must then seek the cave. There the emanations of stone, water, and air are silent or at least quiet enough that the soul who works alone may find rest.

We urge each to open the doors of acceptance to the life of the spirit of Love in people and places and circumstances, but even if we speak to one within a cave we know that the Love of God in Christ shall work with you at your chosen speed.

Peace be with you, now and always.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from October 20, 2009:

M writes: “I was a Navy Seal for 24 years and now have been working as a security contractor for the last six years in Iraq, Afghanistan, Pakistan, and other hot spots throughout the world. I had an experience where I had the overwhelming sensation to send out the thought of love while in a situation where I intuitively knew my group was going to be attacked by rocket. The attack was thwarted. After that moment, over the next several years, I began to use the thought energy of Love in order to thwart many more attacks and keep the groups I was protecting safe. My question is, how can the information about using the thought energy of Love be shared with others so that they can contribute to changing the paradigm of war?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking. It is a privilege to be called to your circle and we are happy to speak with the one known as M on the question of how to share with others the one great original Thought of Love. As always, before we begin we would request that all of those who listen to or read these words use their discrimination and their discernment in choosing those thoughts with which they would like to work. We ask that you trust your ear as it listens for resonance and that you leave behind any thought that does not resonate to you. We greatly appreciate your doing this, my friends, for it enables us to share our humble opinions without fearing that we may infringe upon your free will in some way or disturb the rhythm of your spiritual process. We thank you for this consideration.

To share that awareness which one has with other selves when that awareness moves so far from the paradigm used and assumed to be correct, by those with whom you would share your awareness, is a challenge, my brother. The first thing that we would share with you is the awareness that there is a substantial distance between the paradigm of a warrior or protector that is enjoyed by those within your armed forces and the paradigm which has become crystal clear to you. The concept of both the entities who are on what they would call “our side” and those on the “other side” as being equally valuable, is perhaps at the center of the distance between the two paradigms. At a level which is seldom said but often implied, theories of warfare undervalue, in a systematic way, the entities who are soldiers, or who are members in forces which are not part of the national armed forces but who maintain security, as this instrument would say. There is an unspoken acceptance of the fact that the lives of the souls within one’s command are not as important as the accomplishment of the mission. When even the entities who are fighting with one are so brutally undervalued, the entire energy that fuels the desire and the intention to form a new paradigm of protection is substantial.

There is a second issue which also feeds into there being a challenge for one who wishes to share the awareness of the power of unconditional Love. Those within third density on Planet Earth at this time are sometimes deeply asleep within the planetary dream. There is often in that sleep little hunger for or awareness of the nature of the mind of the one Creator. There is a comfortable numbness which has replaced whatever early yearnings there were for the truth. And in that numbness there is a lack of sensitivity to the need for a relationship with the one infinite Creator or the thoughts of the one infinite Creator. Lacking a direct apprehension of the Love and the Light of the One, there is a characteristic dullness of spirit. At the soul level, my brother, each of your brothers and sisters, however deeply asleep they may be, is alike a part of the Godhead principle, a part of that one Thought of Love. At heart each and every one of your brothers and sisters with whom you wish to share this awareness is a citizen of eternity.

My question is, how can the information about using the thought energy of Love be shared with others so that they can contribute to changing the paradigm of war?” Q’uo began by saying to share that awareness which we have with other selves when that awareness moves so far from the paradigm used and assumed to be correct, by those with whom we would share our awareness, is a challenge, and the first thing that Q’uo would share with us is the awareness that there is a distance between the paradigm of a warrior that is enjoyed by those within our armed forces and the paradigm which has become clear to us and the concept of both the entities who are on what they would call “our side” and those on the “other side” as being equally valuable, is at the center of the distance between the two paradigms, so at a level which is seldom said but often implied, theories of warfare undervalue the entities who are soldiers, and there is an unspoken acceptance of the fact that the lives of the souls within one’s command are not as important as the accomplishment of the mission, and when the entities who are fighting with one are so brutally undervalued, the entire energy that fuels the desire to form a new paradigm of protection is substantial. Q’uo continued by saying there is a second issue which also feeds into there being a challenge for one who wishes to share the awareness of the power of unconditional Love, and those within third density on Earth at this time are deeply asleep within the planetary dream, so there is in that sleep little hunger for or awareness of the nature of the mind of the one Creator, and there is a comfortable numbness which has replaced whatever early yearnings there were for the truth, and in that numbness there is a lack of sensitivity to the need for a relationship with the one infinite Creator, so lacking a direct apprehension of the Love and the Light of the One, there is a dullness of spirit, so at the soul level each of our brothers and sisters, however deeply asleep they may be, is alike a part of that one Thought of Love, and at heart each of our brothers and sisters with whom we wish to share this awareness is a citizen of eternity. On January 15, 2006, Q’uo said that we all are citizens of eternity:

It is possible for an unexamined, confused situation to crush you so that you have almost no hope, no power to go on, and so forth. It is also possible with that same situation to do what little you can in your mind at any given time to remember who you are and take back your power from that which is crushing you. It does not matter when you are taking back your power whether or not you have the ability to affect the physical situation at that moment. Taking back your power as a soul or spirit is involved in remembering that you are not limited by life and death: you are a citizen of eternity. You are a Creator, and you have a creation that you can populate with the ideals and the beauties that you love. You can forgive the people or the situations that are crushing you.

The power to forgive is tremendous. You have the power to declare that a situation is as you see it and not as the world sees it. And by serenely sticking to your story, you can save your mind, your emotions, and your heart from undergoing the crushing action of physical circumstance. This is not something that the world can understand easily. It is something for you to take within yourself and with which you can experiment.

Ata level far below consciousness and waking awareness, each of these entities is fully aware that they are one with their brothers and one with the Creator. They are aware at that deep level that the nature of the mind of the Creator is that of Love. At the conscious level many of your brothers and sisters have no belief or faith in the power of Love. In itself this is not a tragedy, for all entities have control over their experience and are doing the will of the infinite One as they form desires of whatever kind and satisfy those desires. There is no time limit on spiritual evolution. Progress is inevitable. Those who do not awaken to the power of Love and begin to desire to serve the infinite One during the present cycle, which now draws to its close, shall take flesh once again upon another third-density planet and experience another great cycle of learning in third density.

The challenge before not only you, my brother, but before all those who wish to serve the Light at this time is to find oneself able to share in such a powerful way that there is the triggering of what this instrument often calls the “snooze alarm” function because of what is said by you, and more than that, because of that energy which you carry which flows through you and out into the world, which is as a lighthouse that others may recognize from afar and into which they may be drawn. That being said, we shall now say that it is certainly not impossible for you to find techniques by which your ideas and the energy which you wish to share may be communicated successfully to those who are ready to be awakened. And there are many, my brother, who are sleeping lightly at this time. The uncertainty of the times creates additional incentives to awaken. Even those who are deeply asleep in their dream of Earth have heard the thunder of approaching storms and are uneasy in their slumber and vulnerable.

Then Q’uo said at a level below consciousness each of these entities is aware that they are one with their brothers and sisters  and one with the Creator, and they are aware at a deep level the nature of the mind of the Creator is that of Love, and at the conscious level many of our brothers and sisters have no belief in the power of Love, but this is not a tragedy, for all entities have control over their experience and are doing the will of the infinite One as they form desires of whatever kind, so there is no time limit on spiritual evolution since progress is inevitable, but those who do not awaken to the power of Love and begin to serve the infinite One during the present cycle, which now draws to its close, shall take flesh once again upon another third-density planet and experience another great cycle of learning in third density. Q’uo continued by saying the challenge before all those who wish to serve the Light at this time is to be able to share in a powerful way that there is the triggering of what Carla calls the “snooze alarm” function because of what is said by us, and because of that energy which you carry which flows through you and out into the world, and it is a lighthouse that others may recognize from afar and into which they may be drawn, so Q’uo said that it is not impossible for you to find techniques by which your ideas and the energy which you wish to share may be communicated successfully to those who are ready to be awakened, and there are many who are sleeping lightly at this time, and the uncertainty of the times creates additional incentives to awaken, so those who are deeply asleep in their dream of Earth have heard the thunder of approaching storms and are uneasy in their slumber and vulnerable. On November 29, 1998, Q’uo spoke of how difficulties allow us more opportunities to serve the Light:

Rather, the difficulties that are perceived are seen as further opportunities for service as those challenges which enhance the incarnational abilities to learn the lessons of love and to serve the Light of the one Creator. The chaotic expression of energy is seen as that which offers the opportunity to enhance one’s own expression of energy as one is able to move in harmony through the difficult times and experiences that lie ahead. For previous to incarnation each entity is far more aware that it is a portion of the one Creator and all those about it are the same, as are those with whom it shall spend its third-density days. Thus, the entity awaiting the incarnation sees with clearer eyes that which lies ahead and is far less liable to shy away from such difficulties but is far more likely to embrace them as the opportunities to serve and to learn.

To one who wishes to share the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator, we would speak of two levels of sharing at this time. The first is intellectual, using the tools of words. This instrument was just looking at a book which you have written, and this is a powerful tool, an instrument that can be handed to any soul, leaving it completely to the discrimination of the one who holds that book whether or not he shall open it; whether or not, if he reads it, he shall comprehend it, be persuaded by it, or find it to be a resource in his own awakening. As you know, words can only go so far. No matter how beautifully sentences are wrought, no matter how powerfully stories are told, words, compared to that awareness which you have of Love, are poor indeed. Nevertheless, many entities are at that tipping point right now where just the right word at the right time shall indeed create that change in consciousness that wakes one up, and, having awakened, entities will find that they cannot go back to sleep.

However, we are aware that you hope to create a situation in which, without infringing upon the free will of any, you are able to offer a direct apprehension of the power of unconditional Love. Gurus choose to retreat from words and sit in silence in order that those who follow them may sit in their train and share the energy of their meditation in which, in full conceptual form, knowledge of love lies. Shamans take their students into the wilderness and lead them close to death that they may lie in their graves, become fully aware of their death, and then rise to become fully aware for the first time of life. Both of these techniques are using essences rather than words to create changes in the consciousnesses of your students and have merit and may be considered for those resources that they may offer.

Now Q’uo said to one who wishes to share the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator, we would speak of two levels of sharing at this time, and the first is intellectual, using the tools of words, so Carla was looking at a book which you have written, and this is a powerful tool that can be handed to any soul, leaving it completely to the discrimination of the one who holds that book whether or not they shall open it, whether or not they shall comprehend it, be persuaded by it, or find it to be a resource in their own awakening, and as you know words can only go so far no matter how beautifully sentences are written or how powerfully stories are told because words, compared to that awareness which you have of Love, are poor indeed, but many entities are at that tipping point right now where just the right word at the right time shall create that change in consciousness that wakes one up, and, having awakened, entities will find that they cannot go back to sleep. Then Q’uo said we are aware that you hope to create a situation in which, without infringing upon the free will of any, you are able to offer a direct apprehension of the power of unconditional Love, so gurus choose to retreat from words and sit in silence in order that those who follow them may share the energy of their meditation in which, in full conceptual form, knowledge of Love lies, and shamans take their students into the wilderness and lead them close to death that they may lie in their graves, become aware of their death, and then rise to become fully aware for the first time of life, and both of these techniques are using essences rather than words to create changes in the consciousnesses of your students and have merit, and may be considered for those resources that they may offer. On April 25, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the power of unconditional Love:

If an entity is aware of the quality of Creator-ness or Creator-hood that he has found at the very center of the depths of his heart, he is aware that this quality of Creator-ness or being part of the creative principle is specifically that which is not of the surface self. True to the task set before him to know the self and accept himself, he will necessarily and automatically have attained a genuine humility. For he has experienced the state of the small “I,” the ego self, becoming transparent before the power of unconditional Love as it flows through him.

As you create your own strategy for aiding entities who wish to learn to become human, that which must be awakened is desire. That desire will be fueled by belief. The reality and the power of your own experience with the Archangel Michael operated beyond the boundaries of space/time. The challenge for you is to make accessible the full impact of your experience in time/space so that those who, of themselves, would not believe in the possibility of what you suggest, may become convinced in a subjective manner of the reality of your experience. For in order to aid entities in shifting a paradigm in a drastic and final sense, it is necessary to create a hunger for that new paradigm, a genuine desire to investigate the possibility of creating that new paradigm. The nature of your experience is that of becoming aware of the mind of the infinite Creator, which is unconditional Love. When one says the word “love” in your culture, it is a flabby, weak word compared to the reality of Love, for the Love of which you became aware in your experience is the Love that created all that there is.

The one known as Jesus the Christ, in his teaching often altered people’s awareness radically by healing those who were ill, helping the blind to see and the lame to walk. When faced with that which would seem miraculous, the dream of Earth falls away and all things become possible for that entity at that moment. The challenge therefore, my brother, is to create moments that strip away the torpor of careless unbelief. It can be done by you or by anyone with a keen enough desire. We would ask you to believe with no doubts or hesitations in the validity of that which you wish to do. And we would suggest to any soul who sets out to serve that there be a constant and unremitting request for aid.

Q’uo went on to say as you create your own strategy for aiding entities who wish to learn to become human, that which must be awakened is desire, and that desire will be fueled by belief just as the reality of your experience with the Archangel Michael operated beyond the boundaries of space/time, so the challenge for you is to make accessible the impact of your experience in time/space so that those who would not believe in the possibility of what you suggest may become convinced in a subjective manner of the reality of your experience, for in order to aid entities in shifting a paradigm in a drastic sense, it is necessary to create a hunger for that new paradigm, so the nature of your experience is that of becoming aware of the mind of the infinite Creator, which is unconditional Love, and when one says the word “love” in your culture, it is a weak word compared to the reality of Love, for the Love of which you became aware in your experience is the Love that created all that there is. Now Q’uo said Jesus the Christ, in His teaching often altered people’s awareness by healing those who were ill, helping the blind to see and the lame to walk, and when faced with that which would seem miraculous, the dream of Earth falls away, and all things become possible for that entity at that moment, so the challenge is to create moments that strip away the state of unbelief, and it can be done by you or by anyone with a keen enough desire, so we would ask you to believe with no doubts in the validity of that which you wish to do, and we would suggest to any soul who sets out to serve that there be a constant request for aid. On April 7, 1996, Q’uo spoke of the Love that created all things being within each of us:

My dear ones, you are the Light of the world. It is from hearts such as yours that the Light of your planet comes. It is from lives such as yours that the great procession of life and death is imbued in the passion play of life on earth with honor, dignity, compassion, and deep caring. You have within you every force of death and every force of Light. Nothing has been left out of your makeup. It is the way of the spiritual sojourner to live that uncomfortable life that is aware of these matters, that is aware of the great wheel of evolution working through time and space to bring consciousness to that infinite present moment, where that great Love that created all that there is suddenly explodes into Light infinite and indivisible.

That which you have set before you is a task that requires allowing the self to be empty in order that the chalice of flesh that is your earthly temple may be filled with the power of the living Creator each and every day. Let not your intention grow old or stale, but set it anew as each sun rises and as each sun sets. Speak, to the daytime and to the nighttime, your desire to serve. And know that the nature of your desire is that which this instrument would call “magical,” using the term as it is used by the white Western magical tradition known to this instrument as white magic. The definition of a magician in this particular discipline is one who develops the art of creating changes in consciousness at will. This is what you hope to be able to teach, the changing of consciousness at will. Were you of a priestly nature, you might consider creating a ritual in which the mind of the Creator, that Logos of unconditional Love, is invoked. However, the challenge there would be to find students who wished to discipline their earthly personalities as you have disciplined your own. It is not an insurmountable challenge, however, it is a substantial one.

Know that you do not start from zero. For within the culture in which many of those whom you would teach enjoy life there is the lip service of Christians, Jews, and Muslims of their belief in one Creator who has created all that there is in Love. Especially within the Christians among your students you will find an awareness of the ritual which is entirely magical in nature, of what this instrument would call “Holy Eucharist” or “Communion,” where the infinite Creator in the shape of the Christ is poured forth into bread and wine and then into each of those who worships, thereby changing the entire vibration of each of the worshipers. It is in many cases, or should we say, in many churches, a watered-down experience, literally and figuratively, yet even in its diluted form it has the shape of the invocation of Love. Consequently, as one who attempts to aid others to become aware of the power of Love, it is a help and a resource. It is for you to decide how to approach this facet of your quest.

Q’uo continued by saying that which you have set before you is a task that requires allowing the self to be empty in order that the chalice of flesh that is your earthly temple may be filled with the power of the living Creator every day, so let not your intention grow stale, but set it anew as each sun rises and as each sun sets, and speak to the daytime and to the nighttime, your desire to serve, and know that the nature of your desire is that which this instrument would call “magical,” using the term as it is used by the white Western magical tradition known to this instrument as white magic, so the definition of a magician in this particular discipline is one who develops the art of creating changes in consciousness at will, and this is what you hope to be able to teach, and if you were of a priestly nature, you might consider creating a ritual in which the mind of the Creator is invoked, but the challenge there would be to find students who wished to discipline their earthly personalities as you have disciplined your own, so it is not an insurmountable challenge, but it is a substantial one. Q’uo went on to say you do not start from zero, for within the culture in which many of those whom you would teach enjoy life there is the lip service of Christians, Jews, and Muslims of their belief in one Creator who has created all that there is in Love, and especially within the Christians among your students you will find an awareness of the ritual which is magical in nature, of what Carla would call “Communion,” where the infinite Creator in the shape of the Christ is poured forth into bread and wine and then into each of those who worships, thereby changing the entire vibration of each of the worshipers, so it is in many churches a watered-down experience, literally and figuratively, yet even in its diluted form it has the shape of the invocation of Love, so as one who attempts to aid others to become aware of the power of Love, it is a resource, and it is for you to decide how to approach this facet of your quest. On March 21, 1982, Latwii spoke of the magical nature of Communion:

Again, we may return to the magical nature of that which is known as blood, but we now move to the time/space or metaphysical portion when discussing that activity which is known to your peoples as the Holy Communion.

The entity known as Jesus did possess a knowledge that was deep upon the subject of the magical transfiguration, shall we say, of Its source of enlightenment or power unto those whom He desired to serve. It was well aware that the ritual of communion would provide those entities revering it with a means of making an opening within the time/space portion of their beings for the Love and Light of the one Creator to fill that opening, depending upon how efficiently the entity had prepared its being to receive this vital energy, much as a transfusion, if we may continue our analogy.

This particular type of ritual does focus, then, upon the aspects which you might call positive in the transferring of the power of the magical nature of life fluids and life energies which course through all creation. This type of ritual known as the Holy Communion does, then, allow each who partakes of it to drink of the life-giving beingness of the Father, so that those transfers of energy and of power are those which seek to serve the others of the being so that there is an increase in the level of awareness of the unity of all creation within those who partake within the ritual of communion.

Asyou continue asking for help, concepts shall come to you. We encourage you to trust them and to allow new ways and thoughts and strategies to roll around within your mind in a way that does not tag them and order them, but instead allows them to roll and to tumble together, for you are asking of yourself that which is illogical and paradoxical. These two elements almost guarantee that you are on the right track, spiritually speaking, but it does mean that you cannot apply the rigors of intellectual order to your creative process. Rather, let the concepts which arise play like puppies, tumbling and rolling and allow, rather than force, your strategy to unfold. There is a great deal to be said for the power of suggestion, and you will find when you gather a group together that there is a group energy that begins immediately to prevail. Since you have an intellectual property upon which you may base those strategies which you employ at a gathering of entities, that intellectual property, that book, those ideas, create a filter. Those who filter through the book to you to learn more are ready for a group experience that is a transcendent one. Know that at such gatherings you have a tremendous arsenal of resources in the unseen realms.

There is much power in your own guidance and in the guidance systems of those in a group. Further, there are oversoul energies connected with various entities in that group, depending upon what planetary influences from which they may have originated.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

Many of those who would be drawn to a gathering you offer shall already be aware of having angelic help. You may call not only Archangel Michael, but also all of the Archangels to such gatherings. All in all, my brother, not even mentioning those of the Confederation who would be honored to lend their Love and their Light to any such effort, you have a wonderful group of resources from the unseen realms. And we encourage you to be aware of it and to use it and to give thanks for it. We say this even though it is obvious to you, my brother, having had this ‘until angelic help is requested in space/time, it cannot be offered.  Consequently, ask always and thank always that great band of angels, who are, in their own way, warriors for the light.

Q’uo said as you continue asking for help, concepts shall come to you, and we encourage you to trust them and to allow new thoughts to roll around within your mind in a way that does not order them but allows them to tumble together, for you are asking of yourself that which is paradoxical, so these two elements guarantee that you are on the right track, spiritually speaking, but it does mean that you cannot apply the rigors of intellectual order to your creative process, but let the concepts which arise play like puppies, tumbling and rolling, and allow your strategy to unfold because there is a great deal to be said for the power of suggestion, and you will find when you gather a group together that there is a group energy that begins to prevail since you have an intellectual property upon which you may base those strategies which you employ at a gathering of entities, and that intellectual property, that book, or ideas create a filter, so those who filter through the book to you to learn more are ready for a group experience that is a transcendent one, so know that at such gatherings you have a tremendous arsenal of resources in the unseen realms. Then Q’uo said there is power in your guidance and in the guidance systems of those in a group, and there are oversoul energies connected with various entities in that group, depending upon what planetary influences from which they may have originated, and many of those who would be drawn to a gathering you offer shall already be aware of having angelic help, so you may call not only Archangel Michael, but also all of the Archangels to such gatherings, as well as those of the Confederation who would be honored to lend their Love and their Light to any such effort, so you have a wonderful group of resources from the unseen realms, so we encourage you to use it and to give thanks for it, and we say this even though it is obvious to you that until angelic help is requested in space/time, it cannot be offered, so always ask for it, and give thanks to that great band of angels, who are warriors for the Light. On May 23, 2009, Q’uo said that we all have angelic help if we but call for it:

Another resource for those who wish to increase their stability within this challenging psychic atmosphere is the help and consolation of the guidance system that you have about you. You have your higher self, in whatever way you wish to conceive of that entity, which is your highest and best self and to which you have access simply by asking. You have angelic help. And for wanderers, there is also the aid of the social memory complex from which you came. All of these loving and caring allies are as close to you as your next thought. And it is the wise seeker who disciplines himself to turn in thought to thanksgiving for this help and to the asking of it, for it is truly said that it is to those who ask that response is given. Therefore, enter the silence, my friends, and ask.

We at this time would ask the one known as M if there is a follow-up to this query before we move on to other questions. We are those of Q’uo.

M: Can this Love energy information also help those with the post-traumatic stress syndrome?

We are those of Q’uo, and do not perceive a query, my brother, but would you wish us to speak upon the connection between this love energy and those with post traumatic stress syndrome?

M: Yes.

We are those of Q’uo, and are glad to do so, my brother. The nature of this syndrome is much like the nature of those who have taken a powerful hallucinogenic that has blown out their electrical system, or as this instrument would say, their energy bodies. As you know, the model of the energy body that we use with this instrument and with our discussions in general is that of a string of energy centers that together create a body that is interpenetrated with the physical body during incarnation. To speak generally, my brother, it is an electric system, and it is prone to surges that blow out part of or all of the electrical system so that it becomes dysfunctional. Because of the fact that this particular kind of energy is a time/space energy, it can only be healed by Light. The medicaments of your allopathic  physicians and their vast panoply of techniques for discussing the laying to rest of experiences that were too horrible for words can ameliorate the energies of distress and chaos. However, they operate only upon the physical body, and it is the energy body which has been damaged.

Further, there is an element of spiritual suffering that is not often seen in less traumatic situations. When a healer wishes to aid an entity with such distress, it might be well to have the image of the blown-out part of the energy body as a gap in the Light so that one could imagine oneself sewing threads of Light back and forth over the hole that has been caused by the trauma and then weaving Light against those woven threads to form a darn in the hole of the sock, shall we say, of the energy body. Those who work with energy, such as Reiki masters and those who have the gift of touch healing are often conduits for this Light work. Angelic help may be invoked for angels are wonderful sewers of Light and weavers of healing. When the intention is to offer this kind of healing, then there is the possibility of touch and visualization. The work, however, needs to be done in an atmosphere of awareness that those who lay on hands, those that do the visualization, are not of themselves doing anything but offering a conduit, a channel if you will, through which Light may come.

M asked: “Can this Love energy information also help those with the post-traumatic stress syndrome?” Q’uo said the nature of this syndrome is much like the nature of those who have taken a powerful hallucinogenic that has blown out their energy bodies, and as you know, the model of the energy body that we use with Carla is that of a string of energy centers that create a body that is interpenetrated with the physical body during incarnation, so it is an electric system which is prone to surges that blow out part of or all of the electrical system so that it becomes dysfunctional, and this kind of energy is a time/space energy, so it can only be healed by Light, and the medicaments of your allopathic physicians and their techniques for discussing the laying to rest of experiences that were too horrible for words can ameliorate the energies of distress and chaos, but they operate only upon the physical body, and it is the energy body which has been damaged. Q’uo went on to say there is an element of spiritual suffering that is not often seen in less traumatic situations, so when a healer wishes to aid an entity with such distress, it might be well to have the image of the blown-out part of the energy body as a gap in the Light so that one could imagine oneself sewing threads of Light back and forth over the hole that has been caused by the trauma and then weaving Light against those woven threads to sew the hole closed in the energy body, so those who work with energy, such as Reiki masters and those who have the gift of touch healing are often conduits for this Light work, and angelic help may be invoked for angels are wonderful sewers of Light and weavers of healing, so when the intention is to offer this kind of healing, then there is the possibility of touch and visualization, but the work needs to be done in an atmosphere of awareness that those who lay on hands, those that do the visualization, are not of themselves doing anything but offering a channel through which Light may come. On May 7, 2006, Q’uo gave a detailed description of our energy body:

If you were born with radiant health, then that is your factory setting. That is how you came from the manufacturer. Your light body, your energy body, or your chakra system copies that group of settings before birth as part of the integration process of soul or spirit and physical vehicle or body. The memory of that default setting, which is health, radiant, and unblemished, is retained by every cell in your body and by every iota of energy in your energy body.

The process of disease occurs when the balance that is the default setting for wellness in your particular physical vehicle and energy body becomes upset. Such balances can become upset because of purely physical and mechanical reasons. If you fall and break your bone, there may be no higher interpretation of such an event. You simply had an unlucky accident. However, if you are a seeker on the path, it is well to open up your mind and your thinking to the possibility that some imbalance in your energy body threw you off so that you were literally out of balance and so you fell.

If you look at health as strictly physical, you will go with an unlucky accident. You will go to the doctor, follow the doctor’s orders, and eventually you can get well. You will not have learned anything. Your physical vehicle was damaged and then it repaired itself.

If you go with the latter explanation, that there were imbalances within your energy body, you may still go to a medical doctor for help with healing the body, but you may also go within to that divine healer that lives within your consciousness. When you choose to examine your thinking, your actions, and the possible ways to look at the balances of your energy system, you open yourself up to a whole level of powerful possibilities that are not there if you stay strictly within the physical parameters in your thinking.

Consequently, when entities decide to work with the game of incarnation at a deeper level than the physical body, they have made the choice to move into a faster lane as far as the pace of spiritual evolution because the sufferings and the woes of the physical existence are created as part of the work which lies before the consciousness you carry. That consciousness will use every bit of the suffering that you are able to penetrate with your faith. It will use it to learn how to return to the default setting. Many supposed miracle healings have been done simply because of the depth of an entity’s faith.

In general, when there is a movement away from perfect balance in any part of the energy body, the key word in looking for cause is fear. There has been a contraction away from the relaxed and peaceful default setting of the emotional and mental part of your physical vehicle. That contraction has pulled some part of your energy body into imbalance. That contraction was in one way or another caused by the faculty of fear.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

M: You’ve answered all my questions. Thank you very much.

We thank you, my brother. May we ask then if there is a final query before we leave this group? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Thank you, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo. My brother R, we thank you as well. Indeed, we thank all of those who have given their precious time and their energy in order to seek the truth this evening. It humbles us and gives us great pleasure to see the beauty of your auras as they blend together to create this sacred circle. The Light of this group creates a cone far above the roof of your dwelling and it is glorious to behold. Thank you, my brothers and sister. The energy of this instrument and this group begins to wane and so we would, at this time, take our leave of this group and this instrument, leaving each in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

This morning I used my trimmer and weeded all the bushes, flowers, walkways, and Little Locust Creek.

This afternoon I ran some errands with my first stop being at Dairy Queen to get a medium sized chocolate milk shake for Calvin. Then I stopped at Speedway to fill a 5 gal. can with regular gasoline for my mower. Then I visit Calvin at the Valhalla Acute Care Home. When she woke up I gave her the milk shake, and then we talked about what has happened in each of our lives since we last talked. On the way home I stopped at Walmart’s to buy a staple gun. My second stop was at Feeder’s Supply where I bought come cat food for Benny. Then I stopped at Paul’s Fruit Market to buy some food for myself and a tray of Dahlias. My last stop was at Walgreen’s where I bought some treats for Benny and some Kleenexes.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 25

Life Within Each Cell

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

The answer to many riddles lies beneath the surface of stone and earth and all things which seem hard, uninteresting and mundane.

The life within the stone and the earth and all things is an eternal part of the Spirit of living Love and exists in an eternal fashion. The life within each cell of the physical body rests in eternal life also, so that far from being a creature of darkness, the living body dwells in eternity as it dwells within the Earth sphere.

Open the thought about the body to the knowledge that it is instinct with the Holy Spirit of the living God and call upon the eternal life and health of each cell. Then you may feel the excitement of the cells of the body receiving permission to be what each cell truly is: a perfect representation of Love.

We leave you in the peace of that love, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from October 17, 2009:

Jim: The question this evening, Q’uo, concerns how we become more a part of the life in which we find ourselves. Ra suggested that for a seeker wishing to do this there were three things that were important. One was to know the self. The second was to accept the self. And the third was to become the Creator. Could you briefly touch upon knowing ourselves and accepting ourselves in regards to how we then become the Creator? What does it mean to become the Creator?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle of those known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking. It is a privilege and an honor to be called to your circle. We are glad to speak with you this evening about knowing the self, accepting the self, and becoming the Creator. And we thank the one known as Jim for that query. As always, before we begin we would ask each of you who listens to or who reads these words to use your discernment and your discrimination, taking away from those opinions that we offer those thoughts that resonate within you and leaving other thoughts behind. For, my friends, how could we hit the mark every time for each of you? It is not possible. Therefore, please use your discrimination in that which you take away. Then we shall be able to put our minds at rest concerning the issue of free will, for we would not be a stumbling block in your way. We thank you for this consideration.

Yourquestion this evening is in three parts, and we shall attempt to touch upon each of those, focusing for the larger part upon becoming the Creator. The first of the three parts is knowing the self. Certainly, my friends, it takes years to know the self because of the fact that as a very young entity within incarnation, your parents and your teachers began explaining to you the way things were, and slowly you became acculturated and full of the awareness of many things that many people had said, some of which never made any sense to you, but all of which you were expected to learn and to use as a means of oiling the social machinery of getting through life. Each of you within the circle has noticed that many are those who go through life asleep, not thinking deeply about the self or the problems of society or anything except that which is involved in keeping the self fed and sheltered, paying the bills, and enjoying leisure in the way that each person chooses. These things are enough for some, but for each within this circle they have not been enough, and you have come awake from a planetary dream.

In some ways it is very inconvenient to live life awake. It is not as comfortable as enjoying the planetary dream. However, once awake, you cannot go back to sleep. You know that the world is larger and other than you have been told and you sense that you yourself are larger and other than you have been told. And so, you wonder who you are and why you are here. And that is the beginning of your spiritual quest. At first, knowing the self is often largely a matter of finding out what you are not and allowing those things that you are not to fall away from you so that you can be yourself. As you rest within yourself and start to get to know yourself, perhaps the quickest way to discover who you are is to rest in meditation at the end of each day and to go over your day, experience by experience, emotion by emotion, catalyst by catalyst. And when you see that emotion that has pulled you off balance you look at that emotion and ask, “How did I come to feel that? What trigger is there under the surface that was triggered that caused this emotion to flare up?”

The question was Ra suggested that for a seeker wishing to do this there were three things that were important. One was to know the self. The second was to accept the self. And the third was to become the Creator. Could you briefly touch upon knowing ourselves and accepting ourselves in regards to how we then become the Creator? What does it mean to become the Creator? Q’uo began by saying our question this evening is in three parts, and they shall attempt to touch upon each of those, focusing for the larger part upon becoming the Creator, and the first of the three parts is knowing our self, and it takes years to know our self because as a young entity within incarnation, our parents and our teachers began explaining to us the way things were, and we became aware of things that many people had said, some of which never made any sense to us, but all of which we were expected to learn and to use as a means of getting through our life, and each of us has noticed that many are those who go through life asleep, not thinking about the self, or the problems of society, or anything except that which is involved in keeping the self fed, and sheltered, paying the bills, and enjoying leisure in the way that each person chooses, and these things are enough for some, but for each within this circle they have not been enough, and we have come awake from a planetary dream. Q’uo went on to say in some ways it is inconvenient to live life awake since it is not as comfortable as enjoying the planetary dream, but once awake, we cannot go back to sleep because we know that the world is other than we have been told, and we sense that we are larger and other than we have been told, so we wonder who we are and why we are here, and that is the beginning of our spiritual quest, so at first knowing our self is a matter of finding out what we are not and allowing those things that we are not to fall away so that we can be our self, and as we rest within our self and get to know our self, the quickest way to discover who we are is to rest in meditation at the end of each day and to go over our day, catalyst by catalyst, and when we see that emotion that has pulled us off balance we look at that emotion and ask, “How did I come to feel that?” On October 9, 2009, Q’uo described the nature of the planetary dream:

Those within third density on Planet Earth at this time are sometimes deeply asleep within the planetary dream. There is often in that sleep little hunger for or awareness of the nature of the mind of the one Creator. There is a comfortable numbness which has replaced whatever early yearnings there were for the truth. And in that numbness, there is a lack of sensitivity to the need for a relationship with the one infinite Creator or the thoughts of the one infinite Creator.

Lacking a direct apprehension of the Love and the Light of the One, there is a characteristic dullness of spirit. At the soul level, my brother, each of your brothers and sisters, however deeply asleep they may be, is alike a part of the Godhead principle, a part of that one Thought of Love. At heart each and every one of your brothers and sisters with whom you wish to share this awareness is a citizen of eternity.

At a level far below consciousness and waking awareness, each of these entities is fully aware that they are one with their brothers and one with the Creator. They are aware at that deep level that the nature of the mind of the Creator is that of Love. At the conscious level many of your brothers and sisters have no belief or faith in the power of Love. In itself this is not a tragedy, for all entities have control over their experience and are doing the will of the infinite One as they form desires of whatever kind and satisfy those desires. There is no time limit on spiritual evolution. Progress is inevitable. Those who do not awaken to the power of Love and begin to desire to serve the infinite One during the present cycle, which now draws to its close, shall take flesh once again upon another third-density planet and experience another great cycle of learning in third density.

And as you look at these things that have troubled you, you discover that hidden beneath your emotional reactions have been crystals of pain that have been buried. And as you move these crystals of pain up into the daylight where you can look at them, in the process of seeing this origin of pain, usually from early childhood, you begin to see how you have been wounded. And as you release this wound and forgive it, you recover a part of your whole self. As you continue in your examination, day after day and year after year, you become aware that there are things in your life that repeatedly have troubled you. And that gives you the hint as to why you are here. For each entity comes into incarnation with an incarnational plan. It is not a plan that is predestined. It is a very flexible, redundant plan.

Each of you, before incarnation, along with your guidance, got together to have a really good look at the soul stream that you are and you thought, “I would like to become more balanced. I would like the love in my heart to have more wisdom that balances it.” Or perhaps you thought, “I have been so wise, but I would like my heart to open more. I would like that balance between love and wisdom.” Or perhaps you gazed at yourself and saw that in many incarnations you had been a powerful person, and you wanted to study the right use of that power. Whatever your incarnational lesson, you can be sure of two things: it is about balance, and it is unique to you. You do not have your incarnational plan in common with others. It is unique. As you find out more about the themes of your life, the lessons that you came here to learn in this school of life, as you may call third density on Planet Earth, you begin to get a sense of who you are, who you truly are when there is no company around and there is no one to impress, even yourself. And as you empty out all that smacks of pride or pretension or a story that doesn’t fit you into which you have perhaps been trying to fit, you finally become aware of something underlying your personality. That is what we would call consciousness.

Then Q’uo said as we look at these things that have troubled us, we discover that hidden beneath our emotional reactions have been crystals of pain that have been buried, and as we move these crystals of pain into the daylight where we can look at them, in the process of seeing this origin of pain, usually from early childhood, we begin to see how we have been wounded, and as we release this wound and forgive it, we recover a part of our whole self, so as we continue in our examination over time, we become aware that there are things in our life that have troubled us, and that gives us the hint as to why we are here, for each of us comes into incarnation with an incarnational plan, but it is not a plan that is predestined since it is flexible and redundant. Then Q’uo said each of us, before incarnation, along with our guidance, got together to have a look at our soul stream that we are and we thought, “I would like to become more balanced. I would like the love in my heart to have more wisdom that balances it,” or you thought, “I have been so wise, but I would like my heart to open more. I would like that balance between love and wisdom,” or we gazed at our self and saw that in many incarnations we had been a powerful person, and we wanted to study the right use of power, and whatever our incarnational lesson, we can be sure of two things: it is about balance, and it is unique to us, and we do not have our incarnational plan in common with others, so we find out more about the lessons that we came here to learn in this school of life, in third density on Planet Earth, and we begin to get a sense of who we are when there is no one to impress, even our self, and as we empty out all pride or a story that doesn’t fit us we finally become aware of something underlying our personality, and that is what Q’uo called consciousness. On November 9, 2019, Q’uo defined consciousness:

The Law of One says simply that all things, all beings, all is One, the One Infinite Creator, Intelligent Infinity, that which is all that is. Consciousness is a portion of the One Infinite Creator that becomes enabled, or created, when the universes begin to take shape as the One Infinite Creator and through free will creates the Logos or Love, which creates Light, which then condenses into the creation that is made of consciousness.

Thus, the consciousness comes from the One Infinite Creator’s unity. As each entity perceives its own consciousness, then it discovers that it is related to all other entities through this consciousness through its various levels of consciousness within its own being that move through the roots of the tree of mind into the subconscious, into the planetary consciousness, into racial consciousness, into cosmic consciousness, into the consciousness of all that is, all that is created.

Thus, if each entity begins to examine its own consciousness, then it discovers that it is as related to the One Infinite Creator as is any other entity or any other portion of the One Infinite Creation. Thus, to know the consciousness of the self is to know, in microcosm, that which is in macrocosm. Thus, the One Infinite Creator knows itself in each iota of beingness of its creation, and each iota of beingness of the creation knows itself as the One Infinite Creator.

You see, my friends, you are both of this world and not of this world. You are in a physical body, and your flesh and your bones attest to your being citizens of Planet Earth, made from the dust and expectant of returning to it at some point in the future. At the same time you are an infinite, eternal entity. You moved into life marrying your energy body with the physical body which you now enjoy. And when you drop this physical body at the end of your physical life you shall move onward into new experiences in your energy body once again. But for the span of this lifetime you have twinned these two bodies, and they are inseparable, intertwined and working together to create the experience of you as a person and as a soul. It is not just the physical body that reacts to those things that occur to you, it is also the energy body which is in a constant flux, opening and closing according to the ability of the self to feel safe and secure.

When the self does not feel safe or secure there is the contraction of the energy body, which lessens or sometimes cuts off completely the infinite flow of Love/Light which is in supply from the Creator in tremendous generosity. Consequently, in terms of knowing who you are, it is very well to find for yourself a haven, a safe place within yourself if not outside of yourself, a place where you may rest, and your energy body may flower, and open, and breathe in the Love/Light of the infinite Creator through the chakras, up through the heart, up through the higher chakras, and out again into the creation of the Father. The more you rest in this inner place of safety, the more you find out who you are.

Now Q’uo said we are both of this world and not of this world, so we are in a physical body, and our flesh and bones verify our being citizens of Earth, made from the dust and returning to it at some point in the future, and at the same time we are an infinite entity, so we moved into life marrying our energy body with the physical body we now enjoy, and when we drop our physical body at the end of our life we shall move onward into new experiences in our energy body, but for this lifetime we have twinned these two bodies, and they are working together to create the experience of us as a soul, but it is not just our physical body that reacts to those things that occur to us, it is also our energy body which is in a constant flux, opening and closing according to the ability of our self to feel safe. Q’uo continued by saying when we do not feel safe there is the contraction of our energy body, which lessens or cuts off the infinite flow of Love/Light of the Creator, so in terms of knowing who we are, it is very well to find a haven within our self, if not outside of our self, a place where we may rest, and our energy body may flower and breathe in the Love/Light of the infinite Creator through our chakras, up through the heart, the higher chakras, and out again into the creation of the Father, so the more we rest in this inner place of safety, the more we find out who we are. On May 10, 2008, Q’uo described the nature of our energy body:

Your energy body is the governing field of your mind, body, and spirit. It joins the physical body at some time around physical birth willingly and consciously interpenetrating the physical body that is the opportunity for a lifetime of experience within the illusion of planet Earth. Throughout your life, then, your energy body and your physical body are indistinguishable in terms of any worldly observation or scientific ability to measure the potential difference between the physical and the metaphysical.

It is the energy body that feeds the perceptions of the physical body. As the physical body, mind, and emotions gather catalyst and experience, the harvest of those thoughts and emotions moves into the energy body in an endless loop.

Your energy body is fed by the Logos. In local terms it is fed by the energy of your sun which pours its Light, its energy, and power into the Earth. Planet Earth, your Mother, receives this energy in infinite amounts and sends it from the very heart and womb of the Earth in a radiating pattern from the very core of the planet, outward in every direction, coming up through the ground so that you may absorb it with your feet as you walk upon the earth. It enters the energy body at the joining of the legs, which is the seat of the red-ray chakra, the first of the seven chakras that together comprise your energy body.

This infinite Love/Light of the Creator that streams into the red ray will, if not baffled, blocked or narrowed, move freely and powerfully into the heart, letting the heart open and bloom like a flower, thereby setting the stage for the potential for work in consciousness.

And as you do this work within yourself, as inner work, you will find the outer life laying itself out before you somewhat differently. For the more secure and serene you are in terms of who you are, the less it matters to you as to what others think of you. The less tension there is concerning relationships with others and so forth, the more you are able to focus your attention on supporting and caring for those around you in any way that is possible. So, little by little, as you come to know yourself better, as you relax around who you are and why you are here, you can begin to enjoy the classroom in this school of souls.

Naturally, any class will have occasional tests. And those are the times when difficulties occur, and you must undergo that feeling of chaos and isolation that comes when you know not what is happening or how to respond. Let those occasions teach you who you are, as you observe and cooperate with this chaos, this isolation, this dark night of the soul. Move into it as if it were a gift and give thanks for it. For such gifts come to you with great blessings in their hands. Later, as you look back on moments in your life which have been full of chaos and transformation, you see the brilliance of the plan. You see how much you learned and how much you took away, how much you gained in the gifts of the spirit.

Q’uo went on to say as we do this inner work within our self we  will find the outer life laying itself out before us differently, for the more secure we are in terms of who we are, the less it matters what others think of us, and the less tension there is concerning relationships with others, so the more we are able to focus our attention on supporting those around us in any way, and as we come to know our self better, and as we relax around who we are and why we are here, we can enjoy the classroom in this school of souls. Then Q’uo said any class will have occasional tests, and those are times when difficulties occur, and we must undergo that feeling of chaos that comes when we don’t know what is happening or how to respond, so we can let those occasions teach us who we are as we observe and cooperate with this chaos of the dark night of the soul, and move into it and give thanks for it, for such gifts come to us with blessings in their hands, and as we look back on moments in our life which have been full of chaos and transformation, we see the brilliance of the plan, and we see how much we learned and how much we gained in the gifts of the spirit. On August 7, 2007, Q’uo described the function of the dark night of the soul for us:

The process which you have called The Purgative Way is intrinsic to the Light, just as the Light is intrinsic to the Dark Night of the Soul. Indeed, that process of spiritual evolution is a spiral; not simply a cycle but a spiral at which, at the same point in the spiral but higher, you enter the natural, intended, fruitful, and challenging Dark Night. And well it is called the Dark Night of the Soul, for both the Light and the dark parts of this spiral are designed to ready the spirit within to enter the gateway to intelligent infinity.

We, therefore, confirm your assumption that those who are new or feel that they are young upon the spiritual path do go through the Dark Night of the Soul. However, there are many witnesses throughout history who have written about the fact that the night will come again and again as long as you are incarnate in third density. This is not a function of punishment or judgment, but of your desire to progress spiritually.

Therefore, we ask you who are in this process of getting to know yourself to trust the process. It is not always comfortable. You did not come here actually to be comfortable. You came here to improve the balance of your personality, to improve your sturdiness as a servant of the Light. Beyond all things you came here to serve the Light. And the way that you serve the Light in this classroom of Planet Earth is to allow the Light to flow through you. So, you may think of your life, if you will, as that of an instrumentalist who is tuning her instrument so that it can be played in sweet tune and beautiful harmony.

Now what, you may ask, is the tuning? My friends, because this is the creation of the Logos, whose name is unconditional Love, you are tuning to that Logos. You are tuning to be an instrument of Love. You are unique, as we have said before, and each person takes the Light as it flows through her and allows it to shine forth as through a stained-glass window. The colors of your windows are the colors of your emotions, your thoughts, your ideals, those things that you hold dear, those things that are most deeply you. And as you see yourself as an instrument and treat yourself with enormous respect and honor, you begin to feel that you are an instrument. As the one known as Francis  said, you are an instrument of His peace. You came to hold a space through which Light may flow through you and out into the world to lighten the consciousness of Planet Earth at this time. For it is a very intense time, a time of harvest, a time of transformation for your planet.

Q’uo continued by asking us, who we are in this process of getting to know our self, to trust the process since it is not always comfortable, and we did not come here to be comfortable, but we came here to improve the balance of our personality, to improve our sturdiness as a servant of the Light, and beyond all things we came here to serve the Light, and the way that we serve the Light in this classroom of Earth is to allow the Light to flow through us, so we may think of our life as that of an instrumentalist who is tuning her instrument so that it can be played in sweet tune and beautiful harmony. Now Q’uo said because this is the creation of the Logos, whose name is unconditional Love, we are tuning to that Logos to be an instrument of Love, and we are unique, so each of us takes the Light as it flows through us and allows it to shine forth as through a stained-glass window, so the colors of our windows are the colors of our emotions and our thoughts that we hold dear, and as we see our self as an instrument and treat our self with respect and honor, we begin to feel that we are an instrument, and as Francis said, we are an instrument of His peace, and we came to hold a space through which Light may flow through us and out into the world to lighten the consciousness of Earth at this time, for it is an intense time of harvest and of transformation for our planet. On September 29, 2002, Q’uo described the time of harvest on our planet:

The time of harvest is now. There are many souls who move through the doors of what you call death which move them into the light, and they remain in that Light for as long as it is possible to enjoy the Light before it becomes too glaring, too strong, and too intense. Then the step from the Light is made, and for many at this time the step is into the fourth density of compassion and understanding. The length in your measurement in terms of months or years is not that which any can accurately assess, for it is indeed a fluid process responsive to the group mind/body/spirit complexes that populate your planet at this time and the choices that are made by individuals and groups seeking to share the Light, seeking to become the Light. Thus, it is possible for a great amount of work to be done in a short period of your time due to the traumatic nature of many experiences and events taking place upon your Earth world at this time. Thus, we cannot with any certainty give you even a general idea beyond a decade or two, which we realize is not terribly specific according to your measurements of time and experience.

You were very courageous to choose to be here now and hold the Light now. But you did not know before incarnation just how difficult it would be. Please know that you are not alone. Your guidance is as close to you as your breathing. We can be called upon by mentally saying our name, and we will offer to you an aid in stabilizing your meditations if you wish. And it’s not that we have anything to say, we simply are with you to love you and give you a feeling of safety. Knowing the self builds upon itself. When you first begin to know yourself, usually through the mirrors of other people and pondering what bothers you and what pleases you and taking all of those things into contemplation, you are disturbed by what you find. For you have a shadow side. We ask you to look fully into that shadow side, knowing that since all is one you are all things and you have a full range of selfhood.

Naturally, you have emphasized those parts of your personality which seem good to you. Yet those sides of the personality which seem dark are just as worthy, and just as worthy of respect, shall we say. They are a part of you, and they need to be loved and honored. And this is where you come into accepting yourself. It often takes a long time to see yourself fully—the self that is the murderer, the rapist, the thief, the liar, all of those things you would never be, you would never act out. Yet you see them coming to you through the eyes, the actions, the thoughts of other people. And you say, “That couldn’t be me. That’s very disturbing.” And yet, my friends, you have those aspects within you. And they need to be acknowledged and loved and accepted. And then they need to be given orders from the daylight side, for they have their part to play in your service here.

Q’uo said we were courageous to choose to be here now and hold the Light, but we did not know before incarnation just how difficult it would be, but we are not alone because our guidance is as close to us as our breathing, and Q’uo can be called upon by mentally saying their name, and they will offer us aid in stabilizing our meditations, and it’s not that they have anything to say, but they are with us to love us and give us a feeling of safety since knowing our self builds upon our self, and when we begin to know our self, usually through the mirrors of other people and pondering what bothers us and what pleases us and taking all of those things into contemplation, we are disturbed by what we find, for we have a shadow side, so Q’uo asked us to look fully into that shadow side, knowing that since all is one we are all things, and we have a full range of selfhood. So Q’uo said we have emphasized those parts of our personality which seem good to us, yet those sides of our personality which seem dark are just as worthy of respect, for they are a part of us, and they need to be loved and honored, so this is where we come into accepting our self, and it takes a long time to see our self fully—the self that is the murderer, the rapist, the thief, the liar, all of those things we would never be, and we would never act out, yet we see them coming to us through the actions and thoughts of other people, and we say, “That couldn’t be me. That’s very disturbing.” And yet we have those aspects within us, and they need to be acknowledged and loved, and then they need to be given orders from the daylight side, for they have their part to play in our service here. On January 10, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our shadow side:

We are suggesting that it is helpful to view the shadow side of the self as the offerer of temptation. We are not suggesting you separate from the shadow side. We are simply suggesting that rather than separating the light part of the self from the dark part, or the higher desires of the self from the lower desires, it is helpful to see that together these two sides of self create a whole. Together the dynamic between light and dark creates that wonderfully unique entity that you are.

In suggesting that you view the desires of the shadow side as distraction and insidious voices, we are attempting to give you a viewpoint which partakes of fearlessness and non-judgment as regards the worth of lower desires, so called. For every shadow energy can, through the application of compassion and unconditional acceptance, be refined to become a wonderful, powerful part of the self which supports the Light.

By giving the action of the shadow side that is upon the surface, that comes to you as temptation, the respect of refusing to stop seeing it as temptation, you gradually are able to reach out to the shadow side and ask it for its help. However, in order to leave the surface of the shadow desires, these insidious voices, and to plunge deeply beneath that surface energy which partakes of judgment, you are honoring those energies and asking them to move into a more purified state.

If you take the thief, and the rapist, and the murderer, and all of those anarchic elements, what they have in common is a kind of strength that sometimes is missing from the sweeter and more angelic side. And you need to have that grit, that perseverance, that ability to be bloody-minded for the good, to hold your ground, to hold the Light and to remain yourself. Those shadow sides of personality are the elements that give you the depth of ability to stand your ground. They give teeth to your ideals. They give you a toughness that you would not otherwise have. And these are good things. Consequently, we ask you as you look at yourself, as you get to know yourself, as you find these non-integrated portions of your shadow side, and to lift them up into your arms and to love them, to cradle them to you and to say, “Come work with me for the light. Come with me into the light.”

Now we come to becoming the Creator. We said earlier that there are two parts of you, the earthly part and the eternal part. There are also two minds within you, your intellect and the consciousness which one could call the mind of the heart. Your intellect dwells in space/time, in physical reality. It is finite. It is a problem-solving computer. It does its job very well. It is unique to you and each intellect is its own beast, shall we say. It is part of you, the animal, that great ape that has stopped growing hair and started using tools. Consciousness, on the other hand, dwells in infinity and eternity. And it is common to all of you because it is the energy, the consciousness, the beingness, of the one infinite Creator. As you walk into the woods on a summer’s day, all the trappings of civilization fall apart and only the song of birds and the soughing of the wind in the leaves speaks to you. You can sink from surface intellect into consciousness, and you are one with the singing of the birds and the soughing of the wind through the leaves. The intellect stills and falls away and you rest in the mind of the infinite One.

So Q’uo said if we take the thief, the rapist, the murderer, and all of those chaotic elements, what they have in common is a kind of strength that sometimes is missing from our sweeter and more angelic side, and we need to have that grit, perseverance, and ability to hold the Light and to remain our self because those shadow sides of our personality are the elements that give us the ability to stand our ground, and they give us a toughness that we would not otherwise have, so as we get to know our self by finding these non-integrated portions of our shadow side we can lift them up into our arms and to love them and to say, “Come work with me for the light. Come with me into the light.” Then Q’uo said now they come to becoming the Creator, and they said that there are two parts of us, the earthly part and the eternal part, and there are also two minds within us, our intellect and the consciousness which could be  called the mind of the heart, and our intellect dwells in space/time, and it is a problem-solving computer, so it is unique to us, and each intellect is that great ape that has stopped growing hair and started using tools, and consciousness dwells in infinity, and it is common to all of us because it is the consciousness of the one infinite Creator, so as we walk into the woods on a summer’s day, all the trappings of civilization fall apart, and only the song of birds and the sound of the wind in the leaves speaks to us, and we can sink from surface intellect into consciousness, and we are one with the singing of the birds and the sound of the wind through the leaves, and then our intellect stills and falls away and we rest in the mind of the infinite One. On March 3, 1996, Q’uo spoke of our consciousness being that of the Creator:

There are some who consider that there dwells within this level of mind that higher self or guidance which can move from the subconscious up through the threshold of consciousness into the living day of conscious mind. This is a process to be encouraged. Further, there are levels of mind progressively more profound and progressively more spacious in terms of the amount of Light which illuminates and fills consciousness. These levels are of the lower subconscious and contain that racial history which is the consciousness of the second-density physical vehicle which supports and carries your consciousness. There are inner guides within these darker and more obscure levels of consciousness. There in the deep portions of mind exist the mind of the archetypes, and, indeed, ultimately the ground of consciousness becomes that which is, and that which is is the Creator Itself.

The song of the infinite One is a song of Love. And you find that your breathing in is a breathing in of Love, and your breathing out is the answering of Love to Love. And you are part of the dance of all that is. You may do this in your chair if you cannot walk in the woods. You may do this in a church, or a temple, or an ashram. You may do this, indeed, anywhere, for you are every bit as much consciousness as you are intellect. You are every bit as much the eternal soul as you are a child of dust. Becoming the Creator is a process of allowing consciousness to supplant the intellect. You can be nothing else but the Creator. That is a given, although you cannot prove this. You can only know it by faith. Faith and unknowing alone will tell you that you are a spark of the Creator, a holograph, in a way, of the Godhead principle, shall we say.

Your deepest self vibrates in unconditional Love as part of the Creator. Consequently, becoming the Creator is a matter of allowing this impersonal, deeply loving consciousness to become a greater and greater part of your everyday beingness. The “I” of you will become more and more deeply and truly the “I” that is you as you enter more and more into the awareness of consciousness, where the “I” is an “I” that is one with Christ, one with unconditional Love. It is not that you become unconditional Love, for you were unconditional Love the whole time. It is that you find ways, as you come to know yourself and accept yourself just the way you are, to allow consciousness in.

Now Q’uo said the song of the infinite One is a song of Love, and we find that our breathing in is a breathing in of Love, and our breathing out is the answering of Love to Love, so we are part of the dance of all that is, and we may do this in our chair if we cannot walk in the woods, or we may do this in a church, or a temple, or an ashram, or anywhere, for we are as much consciousness as we are intellect, and we are as much an eternal soul as we are a child of dust, so becoming the Creator is a process of allowing consciousness to replace our intellect, so we can be nothing else but the Creator, but we cannot prove this since only faith will tell us that we are a spark of the Creator. Q’uo went on to say our deepest self vibrates in unconditional Love as part of the Creator, so becoming the Creator is a matter of allowing this deeply loving consciousness to become a greater part of our everyday beingness, so the “I” of us will become more deeply and truly the “I” that is us as we enter more into the awareness of consciousness, where the “I” is an “I” that is one with Christ, one with unconditional Love, and It is not that we become unconditional Love, for we have been unconditional Love the whole time, so it is that we find ways to allow consciousness to grow in us as we come to know our self and accept our self just the way we are. On March 30, 2005, Q’uo described the nature of unconditional Love:

Perhaps our first thought is simply to say that when this instrument challenges spirits she does so in the name of Jesus the Christ, and we come to her on that vibration. It is a vibration of unconditional Love, and further it is an unconditional Love that is willing to lift away from all concerns of self or the cost to the self of service to others, with the only goal being that of sharing in a wholehearted and complete way, insofar as we are able, the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator as expressed through the unconditional Love of Jesus the Christ. This is clearly a vibration which is other than that vibration which is spoken of in the body of work which you know of as the New Testament.

You see, there is a part of the intellect that fears extinction. And it fears that if the consciousness of Love, which is impersonal, becomes more and more a part of your personality, you shall lose your individuality. My friends, nothing could be less true. It is only as you begin to become aware of the deepest part of yourself, that part that is a servant of the Light, that you find yourself breathing more freely and being able to do those things that you do in the world with a fresh eagerness and an appetite for more. For life becomes sweet and beautiful, and adventurous when you are that entity who awakens to a new day with the awareness of eternity as well as the world of finite things. It is a long journey. It is a journey which will close as you close your earthly eyes for the last time. It is a long game, a game which has a simple strategy: know the self, accept the self, become the Creator. As you discover the deeper parts of yourself, the Creator-self, you will find that your eyes are opened to find the good and the Love and the peace that is possible in all situations. You will find yourself becoming sturdier, more stable, more unfazed by the world of ten thousand things, as this instrument would say.

Settle in for that long walk. It is a beautiful walk, my friends. It is one with a good ending, and in reference to life as a game, it is a game that you can win. You have only to love and to allow yourself to be loved in return. For, my friends, the Creator Loves you more than you can possibly imagine. You are surrounded with Love. There is a web of Love around you that is partially angelic and partially that of your guidance, which you could call your higher self, that highest and best self that is a gift to you from yourself in sixth density. Rest in the web of love that surrounds you and be infinitely curious as you witness this life. You came here to create according to your desires that which you wished. Therefore, shape your desires to match your deepest self, and the deepest desires of which you are aware. And seek always to go deeper, to learn more and to become freed to be attentive to the present moment. For the present moment is that marvelous point of connection between eternity and the physical illusion. It is in the very present moment, as you apprehend it, that awareness can expand, that the answers can be found, that the door can be opened when you knock. Thusly, attempt to stay, as the one known as B said, in the present. There is the paydirt. There is that which you seek. There is the service and there is the learning. And let your knowledge of yourself and your acceptance of yourself grow organically as does your path of service.

Now, some came to this place strictly to be, to be a space which was capable of transmuting infinite Light into that energy which blesses your physical planet. Others came not only to serve as holders of the space through which light can flow but also to offer outer services. There is no difference in the value of inner service and outer service. Thusly, we wish to assure each of you that, whether or not you are presently involved in an outer service, you are serving as you came to serve. You are on task. You are on mission, and all is well. Let yourself become. That is the secret. Do not reach, do not push, but set your intention to know and to serve every day and let that intention arrange for you that which you need for today in order to progress.

Now Q’uo said there is a part of our intellect that fears extinction, and it fears that if the consciousness of Love, which is impersonal, becomes more a part of our personality, we shall lose our individuality, but nothing could be less true because it is as we begin to become aware of the deepest part of our self,  that part that is a servant of the Light, that we find our self breathing more freely and being able to do those things that we do in the world with an eagerness and an appetite for more, for life becomes beautiful and adventurous when we are that entity who awakens to a new day with the awareness of eternity as well as the world of finite things, so it is a long journey, and a journey which will close as we close our eyes for the last time after our game is over which had the strategy to know our self, accept our self, and become the Creator, so as we discover the deeper parts of our self, the Creator-self, we will find that our eyes are opened to find the good, the Love, and the peace that is possible in all situations, and we will find our self becoming more stable and more unfazed by the world of ten thousand things. Then Q’uo said settle in for that long walk since in reference to life as a game, it is a game that we can win, so we have only to love and to allow our self to be loved in return, for the Creator Loves us more than we can imagine, and there is a web of Love around us that is partially angelic and partially of our guidance, which we could call our higher self that is a gift to us from our self in sixth density, so rest in the web of Love that surrounds us, and be curious as we witness this life because we came here to create according to our desires that which we wished, so we must shape our desires to match our deepest self, and seek to go deeper, to learn more, and to become freed to be attentive to the present moment, for the present moment is that point of connection between eternity and the physical illusion, and it is in the very present moment that our awareness can expand, that answers can be found, that the door can be opened when we knock, so attempt to stay in the present, for there is the service and there is the learning which we seek, and let our knowledge of our self and acceptance of our self grow organically as does our path of service. Q’uo continued by saying some came to this place strictly to be a space which was capable of transmuting infinite Light into that energy which blesses our physical planet, and others came not only to serve as holders of the space through which Light can flow but also to offer outer services, so there is no difference in the value of inner service and outer service, so whether or not we are involved in an outer service, we are serving as we came to serve, and all is well, so the secret is to let our self to become, but do not reach, and set our intention to know and to serve every day, and let that intention arrange for us that which we need for today in order to progress. On December 19, 2002, Q’uo spoke of the nature of inner service:

The service of the inner type, as each in this group is aware, is the more central service, since it works upon the soul of the planet, the soul of the entity, and the soul of the group entity that is the self and those other selves that are even now becoming more and more able to form the basic structure of trust and sharing that is the foundation for fourth-density shared memory. Although the inner service is the central service, it is often the least easy to accomplish because of its very simplicity and its nature of being essence rather than form. Consequently, it is often the more efficient route to rest within one’s outer gifts while one is becoming more aware of the beauty of the inner self.

We would at this time ask if there is a follow-up to this query before we take other questions. We are those of Q’uo.

[Long pause.]

We are those of Q’uo, and the resounding silence would suggest to us that there is no follow-up to the main question this evening. Consequently, we would ask if there is another query in the circle at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

L: I have a question.

We are those of Q’uo, and would be glad to hear your question, my sister.

L: Am I suffering from demonic possession?

We are those of Q’uo, and have not heard a question precisely but perhaps you wish us to speak on this subject?

L: Yes.

We are those of Q’uo, and would be glad to do that, my sister. My sister, it is indeed a crowded universe, as you well know. Most entities have a natural protection against infringement by outside entities due to the fact that they are firmly and soundly asleep within the dream of earthly life and do not have the sensitivity to be aware of other entities. When an entity is able to open his awareness and increases sensitivity in a slow and carefully controlled atmosphere it can be very helpful to some entities to make the acquaintance of entities which come from elsewhere, for they have had the opportunity to develop what this instrument would call the tuning in order to call to the self those entities which are congruent in vibration with the self. There are instances when a person’s energy body is overmastered by an energy which is more powerful than the system can bear. It is as if the energy body were an electrical system and a surge has come through the system and blown out one or another of the chakras.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

When this has occurred suddenly and traumatically, as with the ingestion of an overdose of a drug or as in instances that are not so easily explained, this creates a hole in the aura, an unintended and unasked-for portal through which entities have access to your energy body. We are simplifying and generalizing in order to speak upon the subject in a simple way.

However this has occurred, and wherever in the energy body it has occurred, there is no medicament in the pharmacopoeia of your doctors that will enable you to close that portal. Therefore, we would encourage one who is experiencing the phenomenon of unwanted entry through portals of entities which are unwelcome, to seek the aid of those healers who work with energy rather than the physical body. The entity who has had such holes in the aura can do a great deal to mend that hole or holes by means of adopting that way of living which focuses upon that which is loved, that which is held dear, and setting the intention each and every day to be true to that which is good, and beautiful, and true. Such thoughts are like thread with which you are weaving, from side to side and from top to bottom, in this hole in the aura.

Thoughts in the world of the metaphysical are things. Thusly, in firm intention each day, visualize with angelic help that you are “darning the sock” of your energy body, as it were, darning that hole with a thread of gold, a thread of silver, all the precious things moving from side to side and weaving from top to bottom again and again affirming the good, the true, and the beautiful. It may take time, my sister, but there is healing in thought and that is one thing over which you have control. Many injurious thoughts may rage against the good, the true, and the beautiful, but it does not stop them from being the good, the true, and the beautiful. Mud and stones can be thrown at sunshine, but it does not stop the sun from shining, nor does it stop the true from being true and the beautiful from being beautiful and the good from being good.

L’s question was: “Am I suffering from demonic possession?” Q’uo said it is a crowded universe, as you well know because most entities have a natural protection against infringement by outside entities due to the fact that they are soundly asleep within the dream of earthly life and do not have the sensitivity to be aware of other entities, so when an entity is able to open their awareness and increases sensitivity in a carefully controlled atmosphere it can be very helpful to make the acquaintance of entities which come from elsewhere, for they have had the opportunity to develop what Carla would call the tuning in order to call to the self those entities which are congruent in vibration with the self, and there are instances when a person’s energy body is overmastered by an energy which is more powerful than the system can bear, and it is as if the energy body were an electrical system, and a surge has come through the system and blown out one or another of the chakras, so when this has occurred suddenly as with the ingestion of an overdose of a drug or as in instances that are not so easily explained, this creates a hole in the aura, an unintended portal through which entities have access to your energy body. Q’uo went on to say that however this has occurred, and wherever in the energy body it has occurred, there is no medicine prescribed by your doctors that will enable you to close that portal, so we would encourage one who is experiencing the phenomenon of unwanted entry through portals of entities which are unwelcome, to seek the aid of those healers who work with energy rather than the physical body since the entity who has had such holes in the aura can do a great deal to mend that hole or holes by means of adopting that way of living which focuses upon that which is loved, that which is held dear, and setting the intention every day to be true to that which is beautiful and true, for such thoughts are like thread with which you are weaving, from side to side and from top to bottom, in this hole in the aura. Now Q’uo said thoughts in the world of the metaphysical are things, so in firm intention each day, visualize with angelic help that you are “darning the sock” of your energy body, darning that hole with a thread of gold, a thread of silver, all the precious things moving from side to side and weaving from top to bottom again and again affirming the good, the true, and the beautiful, and it may take time, but there is healing in thought, and that is one thing over which you have control, and many injurious thoughts may rage against the good, the true, and the beautiful, but it does not stop them from being the good, the true, and the beautiful, so mud and stones can be thrown at sunshine, but it does not stop the sun from shining, nor does it stop the true from being true and the beautiful from being beautiful and the good from being good. On April 21, 2002, Q’uo said that in the metaphysical world thoughts are things:

It is such exercise of faith and will that makes you stronger as metaphysical beings. It is your intentions, your desires, that have strength, that have power, in the spiritual world, for there thoughts are things, and it is by the way you think, the attitude that is your fingerprint in the metaphysical sense that you are able to do work in consciousness, that you are able to change consciousness in the magical sense, that you are able to access deeper portions of the subconscious mind and to bring them forth into consciousness that they there might find a room and a reach into which they might have effect in your daily life. And that, indeed, you begin to change yourself as you continue this journey, a continual movement from one image of yourself to another so that you are a new and risen being moving into the fourth density of love and compassion.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

L: Thank you, thank you.

We thank you, my sister. May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

[Long pause.]

My friends, we find that the silence speaks for itself. We have exhausted the queries in this circle at this time, at least those that are upon your lips, not those upon your hearts, but we would not infringe upon those unasked questions which you carry with you. It is such a privilege to have been with you tonight. We are in awe at the beauty of your shared vibrations and at the sacred space that you have built together, a temple of Light far above this dwelling which to angelic eyes is most beautiful. Thank you for seeking the truth. Thank you for calling us to share our humble hearts with you. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends, Adonai vasu.

This morning I went outside and used my trimmer to weed the gardens around the fishpond, the area between the fishpond and the pet cemetery, and the pet cemetery. Then I used the backpack blower to clean the walkway around the fishpond.

This afternoon I went back outside and used the trimmer to trim the weeds in the side yard between the garage and my home, the Wuthering Heights Garden in the front yard, and the Flower Fall Gardens on the other side of the front yard. Then I used my backpack blower to blow the front porch and the sidewalks in the front yard clean.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 24

Peace, Be Still

I am the principle of infinite compassion which is the Love of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in this Love.

So many doubts assail your minds; so many self-destructive thoughts; so many stumbling blocks which each seeker puts in its own way through doubt. Let us speak to you of faith.

In all of the ways of existence there are those things which one may question. Yet, undergirding all that there is, is a mysterious splendor of that which was created by Love.

The attitude of faith asks no words, brooks no sentiments, and discusses no implications. Faith is that abiding belief that a kindly Creator has a will for each to learn and to grow spiritually and to be of service to others.

Many situations seem quite devoid of that opportunity. Do not be fooled. When you can, show faith. When you can gaze upon the stormy waters and say, “Peace, be still,” within yourself, then you have not dogma or doctrine but a solid rock upon which to stand and the overreaching arms of the Father to protect you, comfort you, and hold you as you walk the steps of the seeker.

We leave you in the peace and joy of that mysterious journey, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from October 13, 2009:

Jim: The question tonight is, “Work has been a source of great catalyst to me for the last few years. It seems that since I’ve been at this job, person after person has tried to get me fired. In addition, right after I’d had a big heart-chakra opening last November or December the level of catalyst rose hugely. How much of this is caused by external forces versus self-catalyst and karma? What spiritual principles may I think about in considering this issue?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to this circle this evening. It is a privilege and a pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking. We thank you for the honor and we are glad to speak to the one known as D. However, as always, we would ask that all of those who listen to or read these words exercise discernment, choosing from those opinions which we share the thoughts that resonate and that seem helpful, leaving the rest behind without a single thought. For in this way, you shall safeguard the processes of your own evolution. And we shall feel that comfort that comes from knowing that we shall not be infringing upon your free will in any way. We thank you for this consideration.

Mybrother, in the spiritual life there is often a season of fullness and harvest that is followed in its course by other seasons. We would speak in general for some time about the way we see your energy body and the way that we understand the energy body to function. It is a body just as is the physical body, interpenetrating your physical body all along your spine to the top of your head. It is in a constant state of flux, just as is your physical body. We emphasize this particular aspect of the energy body because of your query which concerns events which occurred after you experienced a great sense of the opening of your heart. When one learns to ride a bike, one never really forgets how, but one can become very rusty. In the same way, once one has experienced the joy and the peace of the open heart, one has been able to see all that there is as interconnected. It is not to be forgotten. And yet, neither is it to be held or kept in one open setting. Rather, the energy body is intensely sensitive to incoming catalyst. This is why, so often, one experiences a wonderful opening of the heart, which is unaccountably followed by a series of events that tend to close the heart. Nor is this the action of circumstance or accident.

When one has a profound realization such as you have had, my brother, there is the responsibility which is undertaken as a result of that burst of Light, that harvesting of the fruits of seeking. There is an automatic rhythm which comes upon the heels of such a marked experience of the Light. It is as if, in this refinery of souls that is the School of Life, you have learned a great deal. And that energy within which dances with your spiritual evolution shall, in the course of time, give you the equivalent of a short quiz. Catalyst shall come into your energy body that will have the tendency to close the heart, to constrict and narrow the path of energy through the energy body. It is as though the Creator, or those energies of Spirit that are part of the Godhead principle, were offering you the opportunity to examine for yourself if you truly grasped the content of that realization of oneness.

D’s first question was: “Work has been a source of great catalyst to me for the last few years. It seems that since I’ve been at this job, person after person has tried to get me fired. In addition, right after I’d had a big heart-chakra opening last November or December the level of catalyst rose hugely. How much of this is caused by external forces versus self-catalyst and karma? What spiritual principles may I think about in considering this issue?” Q’uo began by saying in the spiritual life there is often a season of fullness and harvest that is followed in its course by other seasons, and we would speak about the way we see your energy body, and the way that we understand the energy body to function, so it is a body like the physical body, interpenetrating your physical body all along your spine to the top of your head, and it is in a constant state of flux, just as is your physical body, and we emphasize this aspect of the energy body because of your query which concerns events which occurred after you experienced the opening of your heart, and when one has experienced the joy and the peace of the open heart, one has been able to see all that there is as interconnected, and it is not to be forgotten, yet neither is it to be kept in one open setting, so the energy body is sensitive to incoming catalyst, and this is why one experiences an opening of the heart which is followed by a series of events that tend to close the heart, nor is this the action of accident. Q’uo went on to say when one has a realization such as you have had there is the responsibility which is undertaken as a result of that burst of Light, and there is a rhythm which comes after an experience of the Light, so it is as if, in this refinery of souls that is the School of Life, you have learned a great deal, and that energy within which dances with your spiritual evolution shall give you a short quiz, and catalyst shall come into your energy body that may close the heart and narrow the path of energy through the energy body, so it is as though the Creator was offering you the opportunity to decide if you grasped the content of that realization of oneness. On May 7, 2006, Q’uo described the nature of our energy body:

This being said, your basic health is like a default setting. If you were born with radiant health, then that is your factory setting—that is how you came from the manufacturer. Your Light body, your energy body, or your chakra system copies that group of settings before birth as part of the integration process of soul or spirit and physical vehicle or body. The memory of that default setting, which is health, radiant and unblemished, is retained by every cell in your body and by every iota of energy in your energy body.

The process of disease occurs when the balance that is the default setting for wellness in your particular physical vehicle and energy body becomes upset. Such balances can become upset because of purely physical and mechanical reasons. If you fall and break your bone, there may be no higher interpretation of such an event. You simply had an unlucky accident. However, if you are a seeker on the path, it is well to open up your mind and your thinking to the possibility that some imbalance in your energy body threw you off so that you were literally out of balance and so you fell.

The function of this, as this instrument would say, “pop quiz,” is not to cause you distress, but to aid you in refining, burnishing and honing your ability to maintain the eyes of love which were the gift of the realization. It is said in the holy work that this instrument holds dear, that it is easy to love the loveable, a challenge always is to love the unlovable and to be able to continue in the face of incoming catalyst from an entity, to see that entity as the Creator, as your brother or your sister, indeed, as your very self. It is often a shock to discover what a fragile hold you have on that realization of oneness and love that at the moment seemed robust and powerful and permanent.

My brother, in a way it is all of those things. You have lost nothing except the apparent comfort of feeling the fullness of love. Were you not in this third-density chemical body with its heavy energy and its veil of forgetting, were you instead not in third density, but between incarnations, you would know, beyond a shadow of a doubt, all of the ramifications of your catalyst and the truth of the Love that is within your truly open heart. Yet, knowing beyond a shadow of a doubt these things because there would be no veil were you not in incarnation, the knowledge would be worth little in terms of polarizing you towards service to others. Therefore, you chose to come into incarnation. You chose for the veil to drop. You chose to lose sight of that sure knowledge of the way things are beyond this illusion. You wanted to put yourself into an arena where knowledge only came by faith and where your choices were completely free.

Then Q’uo said the function of this “pop quiz,” is not to cause you distress, but to aid you in refining your ability to maintain the eyes of love which were the gift of the realization, and it is said in the holy work that Carla holds dear that it is easy to love the loveable, a challenge to love the unlovable, and a challenge to be able to continue in the face of incoming catalyst from an entity, and to see that entity as the Creator, as your brother, or your sister, and as your self, so it is a shock to discover what a fragile hold you have on that realization of oneness and love that at the moment seemed powerful and permanent. Q’uo continued by saying in a way it is all of those things, so you have lost nothing except the comfort of feeling the fullness of love, and were you not in this third-density body with its veil of forgetting, but were you between incarnations, you would know the nature of your catalyst and the truth of the Love that is within your open heart, yet knowing these things because there would be no veil since you are not in incarnation, the knowledge would be worth little in terms of polarizing you towards service to others, so you chose to come into incarnation and for the veil to drop and to lose sight of that knowledge of the way things are beyond this illusion because you wanted to put yourself into an arena where knowledge only came by faith, and where your choices were completely free. On May 18, 2019, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our veil of forgetting:

The veil of forgetting is that feature which enhances the feeling of what you call fear or anxiety, or the knowing of that challenge which is to come, that may or may not be possible for the self to meet successfully. Thusly, we who live beyond the veil do not have this quality to provide us with fear, for we see clearly the energies at hand, and are aware that we have many times utilized these energies which are merely a part of our greater self and a part of your greater self. However, within your third-density illusion, the veil of forgetting provides a much more efficient means of making the discovery of such energies and such opportunities meaningful to the seeker of truth. Therefore, the anxiety is merely a sign to your deeper self, or we should say a sign from your deeper self, that you are about to embark upon that which is the heart of your journey, the purpose of your incarnation, the destination that each seeks.

My brother, we may say that when one is in incarnation, one feels very alone and isolated within his flesh and bones. It is our opinion that the actual spiritual truth is that you are never alone. Rather you are in a world of mirrors. Everyone whom you meet mirrors back to you yourself in one aspect or another. How inconvenient to see aspects of yourself that are unattractive! And yet it is helpful to realize that even the most disturbing or difficult relationship offers you a chance to see a part of yourself that you have not looked at, at least not in that way. When something triggers you or catches you, that is a part of yourself that is as yet unhealed and that is the source of the triggering. Consequently, your co-workers, as you explained in your query, who have sought to do you harm, have actually given you gifts. They have let you see, as in a mirror, a part of yourself that you need to find. And sometimes that is the hardest thing, for one does not wish to have such unattractive traits within one’s personality. Your opportunity here is to look straight into that mirror and say, “Thank you. I will seek after that shadow part of myself, that self that looks like this, and I will love it, and I will accept it, and I will hold it to me in my heart until it has been redeemed by my love.”

You see, the catalyst is not so much about anyone else as it is about you. The work that you do spiritually is not so much about others as it is about yourself. When you become able to gaze into such catalyst with gratitude and thanksgiving, you are free of the fear and the anger and other negative emotions that will close your heart. And as you love that shadow in yourself, you find that you can gaze for the first time at such an entity that is attempting to harm you, and you are then able to see past the mirroring effect to the unity betwixt you and the other self and the Creator.

Now Q’uo said when one is in incarnation, we feel alone within  our flesh and bones, but the spiritual truth is that we are never alone, but we are in a world of mirrors, and everyone whom we meet mirrors back to us in one aspect or another, so it is inconvenient to see aspects of our self that are unattractive, and yet it is helpful to realize that even the most difficult relationship offers us a chance to see a part of our self that we have not looked at, and when something triggers us that is a part of our self that is unhealed and that is the source of the triggering, our co-workers, who have sought to do us harm, have given us gifts, and they have let us see, as in a mirror, a part of our self that we need to find, and sometimes that is the hardest thing, for we do not wish to have such unattractive traits within our personality, so our opportunity here is to look straight into that mirror and say: “Thank you. I will seek after that shadow part of myself, that self that looks like this, and I will love it, and I will accept it, and I will hold it to me in my heart until it has been redeemed by my love.” Q’uo went on to say the catalyst is not so much about anyone else as it is about us, and the work that we do spiritually is not so much about others as it is about our self, so when we become able to gaze into such catalyst with gratitude, we are free of the fear and the anger that will close our heart, and as we love that shadow in our self, we find that we can gaze for the first time at such an entity that is attempting to harm us, and we are able to see past the mirroring effect to the unity between us, and the other self, and the Creator. On July 23, 1989, Q’uo described the purpose of the mirroring effect:

The mirroring effect that those within the mated relationship experience is an intensification of the mirroring effect that is experienced by each entity at all times when in contact with others. It may be noted within the mind, when there is an interaction between entities, when a thought, word, or deed that has been shared remains within the thoughts that you think and remains with a certain charge, shall we say, when there is a response by yourself to any thought, word, or deed of another that causes you to move from the center of your being, and causes you concern of any kind, you may notice the mirroring effect as it is generated from your own subconscious mind.

This is to say that you have before the incarnation chosen certain lessons upon which you shall apply yourself. You have therefore biased your perceptions in a manner which will allow you to see what we may call a neutral experience, or neutral catalyst, in such and such a fashion that is in accordance with your preincarnative choices. Thus, a number of entities may witness the same exchange of experience and respond by feeling a variety of responses. This is due to the unique nature of each entity’s pre-incarnative programming and subconscious bias.

Thus, whatever experience you share with another that leaves its mark upon your memory is one which you would do well to consider within your own meditations, to look within your own self to see what significance this experience has. Then one may, in a meditative state, look at that experience within the life pattern to note the repetition of this experience or similar experiences, and begin by this analysis to discern the deeper pattern that comprises the lesson that you are attempting at this time to learn, and which has been signaled by the experience shared with another that registered a strong emotional response in your own being.

You ask what spiritual principles you might use to work upon this particular issue, and we call upon the principle of unity and the principle of polarization. It is often the case, when entities speak of living the life of the open heart, that they may be perceived as being idealistic, naïve, and perhaps foolish. And from certain points of view which, shall we say, are worldly and cynical, there is truth in that statement. But from the standpoint of one who is working in consciousness, the opening of the heart is for those who are courageous and ready to be patient and to persevere beyond all roadblocks and stumbling blocks. For you are seeking to be a “tough cookie,” as this instrument would say. You are seeking to be a dependable, flexible, attentive entity who is witnessing, moment by moment, the Love and the Light of the infinite One as it eddies, and swirls, and creates the dance of life. And all of those who come into your purview dance with you in one way or another.

We would almost characterize this as the dance of the spiritual athlete, for there are times, such as your ordeal in your workplace, where not just once, but again and again, the waves strike you and seek to tumble you and put you off balance. And you seek not to stand your ground so much as to cooperate with the waves, to roll, and dive, and jump, and dance with this energy, losing all fear, worrying not whether your heart is even open, but simply paying attention, moment by moment by moment. For the Creator is in that moment and in you and in those with whom you dance.

Q’uo went on to ask what spiritual principles we might use to work upon this issue, and we call upon the principle of unity and the principle of polarization since it is often the case, when we speak of living the life of the open heart, that we may be perceived as being idealistic and foolish, and from certain points of view which are worldly and cynical, there is truth in that statement, but from the standpoint of one who is working in consciousness, the opening of our heart is for those of us who are courageous and ready to persevere beyond all roadblocks, for we are seeking to be a dependable, flexible, and attentive entity who is witnessing the Love and the Light of the infinite One as we create the dance of life, and all of those who come into our presence dance with us in one way or another. So then Q’uo said this is the dance of the spiritual athlete, for there are times where the waves strike us and put us off balance, and we seek not to stand our ground so much as to cooperate with the waves, to jump and dance with this energy, losing all fear, and paying attention, moment by moment, for the Creator is in that moment, and in us, and in those with whom we dance. On April 19, 2009, Q’uo spoke of our dance of life:

There is nothing necessarily sober, or serious, or ponderous about spiritual seeking. You may walk the King’s Highway with a merry heart and a song upon your lips. When you are having fun, as shallow as that concept may sound, you are flowing with the dance of life in which every flower and tree, every lion and bear, every turtle, every speck of the ocean, every mote of dust, is involved. The dance of life includes you, not as awkward stumblers, no matter what you may think, but as wonderful, coordinated dancers. Let the rhythm of your days delight you. And see every task and every chore that you perform as a kind of dance. Each sacred concern, no matter how shallow it may seem, has its rhythm, its tempo, and its steps.

As you allow your vision to be one which gives life to everything you see, you shall allow yourself more and more to dance with the water with which you do the dishes, or clean the toilet, or cleanse a baby. You shall see every plate as that surface which smiles at you when you have washed it and says, “Thank you! I love to be clean.” Share the delight of that dish and give it a smile.

Therefore, judge not yourself, test not yourself, and do not be concerned that it does not seem that your heart has been so open for a while. My brother, sometimes in the dance the movements are so fast! And you are still sometimes learning the steps. And consequently, it shall seem as though you have lost that realization. We can assure you that you have not. Even now, as we speak to you, feel the opening of your heart. Feel the Love in the moment. It flows through you. You are not responsible for producing it. You are only responsible for patiently, again and again, when you sense your contraction around a trigger, around pain, around suffering, beginning to do that work of remembrance that releases fear so that you remember who you are and why you are here. You are a child of the one infinite Creator, and you came here to create a space through which Light may flow in order that you may help in lightening the consciousness of Planet Earth.

We thank you for your service and we assure you that momentary lapses and the infinite flowing of catalyst and response do not keep you from your work. You are on mission and on task, and you may have faith in yourself. There shall come another full tide, and your heart shall once again be awash in utter Love. And then once again, there shall come those seasons of testing and even those dark nights of the soul. And all of this is part of the process of tempering, honing, and making more flexible the spirit within. Each time that you dismantle a trigger and instead gaze at the Creator within one who is blessing you by attempting to do you harm, you become calmer, and stronger, and more able to see the truth beyond the illusions of the mirrors that are so distorted and so shadowed.

Q’uo went on by saying judge not our self, test not our self, and do not be concerned that it does not seem that our heart has been so open because sometimes in the dance the movements are so fast, and we are still learning the steps, so it shall seem as though we have lost that realization, but we have not, so now we can feel the opening of our heart, and we can feel the Love in the moment flowing through us, but we are not responsible for producing it, and we are only responsible for doing that work of remembrance that releases fear, so that we remember who we are and why we are here, so we are a child of the one infinite Creator, and we came here to create a space through which Light may flow in order that we may help in lightening the consciousness of Earth. Q’uo continued by saying they  thanked us for our service, and they assured us that lapses of the infinite flowing of catalyst and our response to them do not keep us from our work since we are on mission, and we may have faith in our self, so there shall come another full tide, and our heart shall be awash in Love, and then again there shall come seasons of testing and those dark nights of the soul, yet all of this is part of the process of tempering and making more flexible the spirit within, so each time that we dismantle a trigger and instead gaze at the Creator within us who is blessing us by attempting to do us harm, we become stronger, and more able to see the truth beyond the illusions of the mirrors that are so distorted. On August 24, 1980, Latwii spoke of the nature of the spirit within us:

We are speaking specifically of the butterfly, which is born of the cocoon, which is born of the caterpillar. To enable one who is young to discern that movement of the life force from one stage to another is important, for at such an age, one can easily conceive that death means the end of all being. This is a great fear among many of your people, among the young, because they have no experience with this concept, usually, and must encounter it when it becomes real, for few in your world care to discuss the reality of death before it happens to one who is close.

We would suggest assuring, through any allegory or story which you would wish to tell demonstrating a natural life cycle, that the life force, the spirit within the physical vehicle, does indeed go on, does indeed continue, as always it has, and always it shall. You may use stories of animals, such as the butterfly, if the child has interests in other areas. In science, for example, you may use a variation of what is known in your laws of physics that energy can be created, but cannot be destroyed; that it can be transformed and change its nature, but always, it shall continue; that any being which has existed in any form, always exists, even after it has left many forms behind.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask at this time, my brother, if there is a follow-up to that query before we move forward.

Jim: [D is relaying his questions over the telephone.] The follow-up is, “Would it be possible to provide a progression of spiritual milestones starting with the initial awakening?”

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we are aware of your query, my brother. As we have already intimated, it is not precisely possible to express a simple recipe or agenda of the spiritual life. We would say that you may expect it to be cyclic. The self before incarnation, together with the higher self, plans the basic themes of an incarnation according to the clear sight one has beyond the veil. One tends to be looking for balance. Especially with those who are wanderers, there is often the seeking to balance love and wisdom. Perhaps the heart is too open, and you seek wisdom to balance it. Or perhaps, and this is often true of fifth-density wanderers, there is great wisdom, and yet there is the request of the self that the open heart be more in balance with that great wisdom, so that that wisdom becomes compassion. There is also the dynamic of power and its right use. Each entity is unique. No two entities are looking for precisely the same balance. What they have in common before coming into incarnation is that themes are planned. Incarnational lessons are planned so that they cycle again and again into your life.

We do not know and cannot say if this challenge to your open heart is part of the incarnational lesson of keeping the heart open while balancing it with your great wisdom. We can only suggest that there is something of this nature, this level of profundity, which shall bring such catalyst to you again and again throughout your life. For you see the life before incarnation as a term in school, “Yes, I shall learn this, I shall read this subject, I shall study this topic.” And you know that, even though there is that feeling of being in boot camp when one actually is in incarnation and dealing with these incarnational lessons, that progress that you make within the veil is thousands of times the amount of change that you can affect within your deep soul when you are not in third-density incarnation. It truly is the refining fire.

D’s second question was: “Would it be possible to provide a progression of spiritual milestones starting with the initial awakening?” Q’uo said it is not precisely possible to express a simple recipe for the spiritual life, but we may expect it to be cyclical because our self before incarnation, together with our higher self, planed the basic themes of our incarnation according to the clear sight we have beyond the veil, and we tend to be looking for balance, especially if we are wanderers, and there is often the seeking to balance love and wisdom if our heart is too open, and we seek wisdom to balance it, which is often true of fifth-density wanderers where there is great wisdom, and there is the request of our self that the open heart be more in balance with wisdom, so that wisdom becomes compassion, and there is also the dynamic of power and its right use since each entity is unique, and no two entities are looking for the same balance, but what they have in common before coming into incarnation is that incarnational lessons are planned so that they cycle again and again into our life. Now Q’uo cannot say if this challenge to our open heart is part of the incarnational lesson of keeping the heart open while balancing it with our great wisdom, so they can only suggest that there is something of this nature which shall bring such catalyst to us again and again throughout our life, for we see the life before incarnation as a term in school, and we know that, even though there is that feeling of being in boot camp when we are in incarnation and dealing with these incarnational lessons, that progress that we make within the veil is thousands of times the amount of change that we can affect within our deep soul when we are not in third-density incarnation which is truly is the refining fire. On May 20, 2001, Q’uo described the effect of the refining fire:

Perhaps this is the place of starting in considering the processes of growth, that realization that nothing can truly harm this process. Maturation and evolution are protected processes. They cannot, in fact, be halted, not for long, although certainly some entities attempt to escape change. The mills of destiny grind fine and that which has been rough has been refined. This is the nature of your experience. You are those who have chosen an environment which is a spiritual refinery, what your Holy Bible called the refining fire. It may be said that experience is a refining fire and in the ways of the world this is so. There is a certain amount of maturation and evolution that occurs because of the outer events of a life.

Consequently, you cannot, unfortunately for the peace of your life and your mind, open first the red-ray chakra, then the orange-ray, then the yellow-ray, then the green-ray, then work with the throat chakra and work on communication and then move into work in consciousness. That would be, in general, the direction of your spiritual life. However, always, every day, you must look back to the red-ray chakra and begin all over again, because it is likely that within the compass of the day you have had triggers in those first three chakras. When there is a concern with work the energy that is triggered is generally coming from the yellow-ray chakra. Yet one cannot assume that either. One must sweep the entire body, from red to indigo, each day and clear, and clear, and clear it out.

We can, however, assure you that as you become more used to viewing your experiences from a certain point of view in which you are almost, as this instrument would say, playing the Game of Life, you will find that your witnessing self becomes ever stronger, and your keen appetite to take on such experiences as the co-worker being cruel to you becomes so strong that you find yourself with the Balm of Gilead at your hand, and you are not caught up in the negative feelings that surround that cruel action that has been done to you, but rather you’re dancing with the energies that would keep your heart open and would see him, even though it seems almost impossible, as the Creator; as part of you, and you part of him or part of her. There may come a time within incarnation when you balance at the gateway to intelligent infinity, seeing your life as a whole thing, one integrated entirety, and as part of the Godhead principle it may well come to you to say, “And this is good.” Hold those moments dear and remember them because they are the truth. And then you shall plunge back again into cycles. We wish we could give you the good news that one’s work is hard, and yet finally it is done. Yet within incarnation, your agenda shall always be to attend to the present moment and dance with it with Love.

Q’uo went on to say we cannot, for the peace of our life and our mind, open first the red-ray chakra, then the orange-ray, then the yellow-ray, then the green-ray, then work with the throat chakra, and work on communication, and then move into work in consciousness, so that would be the direction of our spiritual life, but every day we must look back to the red-ray chakra and begin all over again, because it is likely that within the compass of the day we have had triggers in those first three chakras, and when there is a concern with work, the energy that is triggered is generally coming from the yellow-ray chakra, yet we cannot assume that either, so we must sweep our entire body, from red to indigo, each day and clear it out. Then Q’uo said they can assure us that as we become used to viewing our experiences from a certain point of view in which we are, as Carla would say, playing the Game of Life, we will find that our witnessing self becomes stronger, and our appetite to take on such experiences as the co-worker being cruel to us becomes so strong that we find our self with the Balm of Gilead at our hand, and we are not caught up in the negative feelings that surround that cruel action that has been done to us, but we are dancing with the energies that will keep our heart open and would see him as the Creator, as part of us, and we part of him or her, and there may come a time within incarnation when we balance at the gateway to intelligent infinity, seeing our life as one integrated entirety, and as part of the Godhead principle, it may well come to us to say, “And this is good.” So hold those moments dear, and remember them because they are the truth, and then we shall plunge back again into cycles, and Q’uo wished they could give us the good news that our work is hard, and yet finally it is done, but within incarnation, our agenda shall always be to attend to the present moment and dance with it with Love. On March 20, 1991, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the present moment in which we may share our love:

Worry not about that which is projected from the present moment into that which shall be a future moment. Do and be in this moment and allow each succeeding moment to be created from the harmony of this moment. It is natural for entities within your third-density illusion to move from the present moment and to reminisce about those previous experiences and to project those that may occur in your future, for the present moment is that which is the most illusory and difficult to comfortably place oneself within, for all of one’s life, then, is contained within that immediacy of experience which the present moment surrounds. And for most entities who have not consciously considered the purpose of the life pattern, the present moment is that which shall be escaped from. Thus, we would recommend that you share your love at each present moment when it is felt and allow the moment to be enough unto itself.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to that query or whether you would wish to go forward?

Jim: “I’ve had dreams regarding the eighth chakra, the one above the crown chakra. My most recent dream told me that the eighth chakra is about aligning my will with the will of the Creator, that with the opening of the eighth chakra we are better able to understand the will of the Creator and so we can more easily make clear choices that are aligned with the will of the Creator. From a dream last year it is my understanding that my eighth chakra will be getting activated when I visit the Rosslyn Chapel  in January. Is there any truth in this? What method could I utilize to be in better tune with the will of the Creator? Any information that does not infringe on my free will would be appreciated.”

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we grasp your query. If we do not respond fully, we would ask you to re-question, my brother. Terminology is crucial, and yet it is difficult to pin down equivalencies. We make this observation because, rather than calling that which we believe you mean “the eighth chakra,” we would call it “the gateway to intelligent infinity.” This gateway is that point where you, as an individual within incarnation, are able to vibrate in harmony and sometimes in congruency with the energies of the one infinite Creator. It is through the gateway to intelligent infinity that you are able to access and bring into your awareness the inspiration and the information which you need. However, none of this energy has anything to do with the intellect. The information to which we refer is that kind of knowing which this instrument would call gnosis or direct apprehension.

When one is able to quiet the self and to get the energy of the energy body flowing at its maximum so that the heart is open, then one is able to do work in consciousness, moving through the blue ray of absolute honesty and the indigo ray of being. As one sits within that open energy body and places the intention with which you seek to enter the gateway to intelligent infinity, the gateway will open in such and such a way because of your intention. Consequently, we would say to you, my brother, that as you approach these times of seeking in sacred places, that you set your intention specifically and with all your heart, all your mind, and all your strength so that the opening through that gateway is that which you would wish. The gifts of the gateway of intelligent infinity are many. There are those who open it in order to become channels for healing. There are those whose reason for opening it is to become channels for the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator.

D’s third question was: “From a dream last year it is my understanding that my eighth chakra will be getting activated when I visit the Rosslyn Chapel in January. Is there any truth in this? What method could I utilize to be in better tune with the will of the Creator? Any information that does not infringe on my free will would be appreciated.” Then Q’uo said terminology is crucial, and yet it is difficult to pin down terms accurately, and Q’uo made this observation because, rather than calling that which they believed we mean “the eighth chakra,” they would call it “the gateway to intelligent infinity,” and this gateway is that point where we are able to vibrate in harmony with the energies of the one infinite Creator, and it is through the gateway to intelligent infinity that we are able to access the inspiration and the information which we need, but none of this energy has anything to do with the intellect, so the information to which Q’uo refered is that kind of knowing which Carla would call direct apprehension. Q’uo continued by saying when we are able to quiet our self and to get the energy of the energy body flowing at its maximum so that our heart is open, then we are able to do work in consciousness, moving through the blue ray of absolute honesty and the indigo ray of being, and as we sit within that open energy body and place the intention with which we seek to enter the gateway to intelligent infinity, the gateway will open in such a way because of our intention, so Q’uo said that as we approach these times of seeking in sacred places, that we set our intention with all our heart, all our mind, and all our strength so that the opening through that gateway is that which we would wish, so the gifts of the gateway of intelligent infinity are many, and there are those who open it in order to become channels for healing, or to become channels for the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator. On January 30, 2010, Q’uo described the gateway to intelligent infinity:

For others, bound in suffering, wracked by doubts, caught in the world of ten thousand things, there is an emptiness of self. The chalice is already ready to receive. And for such entities it is precious indeed to open the self in passive prayer. Some would call it mediation, and indeed the Buddhists would call it vipassana meditation. In this allowing of the self to be nothing and to float as the candle flame floats above the candle, self is revealed just as the candle reveals itself in the flame. It is an indigo-ray use of the gateway of intelligent infinity to ask for the self to be revealed to the self, for the self to feel its own radiance. And that flame comes down into the passive tallow of self and kindles the flame of truth so that the self becomes a chalice, holding the flame of Love. And gently, sweetly, that flame melts away the suffering and the difficulty and frees the caught soul that it may fly free into the Love of the open heart, into the Love of the Logos.

There are those who wish to teach. There are those who wish to write, or dance, or to sing. Whatever your hope in working with this gateway, it is well to approach it with every fiber of your being tuned to your desire. There are areas of your query which we cannot penetrate because of the possible infringement on your free will. And you may predict that we would say that rather than these instances being permanent, they are opportunities for the creation of a magical moment or event. You will not be able to hold this. You will be able only to experience this and then remember this.

There are those of the yogic and Hindu paths who believe that it is possible to attain realization, so that never again is there a single human thought that disturbs the tenor of your peace. There are those within the Christian church who have also created this picture or this vision of the way things are in the spiritual realm. My brother, it may well be for one entity out of a million that there is a realization so profound that the rest of the lifetime is ineffably altered. Yet we would rather offer you our humble opinion that there shall be the waves of experience that offer you all that you wish in a moment and then that tide will go out.

And there shall be a change in your vibratory level, for the simple reason that in your natural energies there is the ebb and flow of many emotions and the responses to many experiences that shall call you away from that moment. It is our opinion, my brother, that this is a good thing. For while leaving you in less peace, it leaves you in an emptiness and a humility that opens you to the next experience, the next wave, the next time of harvest and the reaping of the fruits of your desire. We would rather encourage you to celebrate the many seasons of your spiritual life just as you celebrate your birthdays.

Q’uo continued by saying there are those who wish to teach, to write, to dance, or to sing, and whatever our hope in working with this gateway, it is well to approach it with every fiber of our being tuned to our desire, and there are areas of our query which cannot be penetrated because of the possible infringement on our free will, and we see in these instances are opportunities for the creation of a magical moment, but we will not be able to hold this, so we will only be able to experience this and then remember this. Then Q’uo said there are those of the yogic and Hindu paths who believe that it is possible to attain realization, so that never again is there a single human thought that disturbs the content of our peace, and there are those within the Christian church who have also created this vision of the way things are in the spiritual realm, so it may well be for one entity out of a million that there is a realization so profound that the rest of the lifetime is completely altered, and there shall be waves of experience that offer us all that we wish in a moment, and then that tide will go out. Q’uo went on to say there shall be a change in our vibratory level because in our natural energies there is the ebb and flow of emotions and the responses to experiences that shall call us away from that moment, and this is a good thing, for while leaving us in less peace, it leaves us in an emptiness and a humility that opens us to the next time of harvest and the reaping of the fruits of our desire, and Q’uo encouraged us to celebrate the many seasons of our spiritual life just as we celebrate our birthdays. On September 29, 2002, Q’uo described the time of harvest as being now:

The time of harvest is now. There are many souls who move through the doors of what you call death which move them into the Light, and they remain in that Light for as long as it is possible to enjoy the Light before it becomes too glaring, too strong, and too intense. Then the step from the Light is made, and for many at this time the step is into the fourth density of compassion and understanding. The length in your measurement in terms of months or years is not that which any can accurately assess, for it is indeed a fluid process responsive to the group mind/body/spirit complexes that populate your planet at this time and the choices that are made by individuals and groups seeking to share the Light, seeking to become the Light. Thus, it is possible for a great amount of work to be done in a short period of your time due to the traumatic nature of many experiences and events taking place upon your Earth world at this time. Thus, we cannot with any certainty give you even a general idea beyond a decade or two, which we realize is not terribly specific according to your measurements of time and experience.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to this query or if there is a final query at this time.

Jim: “I’ve been working on making more consistent contact with extraterrestrial life forms. I’ve had some limited success. My method so far has been to quiet my mind into theta waves, attempt to keep a steady focus and frequency, and to project out my consciousness in a call for contact. It is my perception that my lack of ability to maintain a steady focus and frequency hinder my success. Is this true? Regardless, what methods can I utilize in order to become more successful in my contact work?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. May we confirm those observations which you have made concerning your attempts to contact those from elsewhere. We would also confirm your judgment concerning the situation as regards the limitations of working alone when attempting to offer yourself to a universal contact. Our response would be in two parts. Firstly, the safe and secure area of contact from the world of spirit is that contact with your higher self which is reliably possible and always achievable without any concern for your personality shell’s integrity. In order to contact this higher self or this oversoul or as this instrument would call it, the “Holy Spirit,” we would recommend the journaling method as being most productive and efficient. In this method you simply sit at your computer or sit with a paper and pen and write your question, then immediately, at your next thought, write that thought down without asking whether it came from you or whether it did not.

The preparation for this journaling is, as you said, to calm your mind. We would not offer you the encouragement to find a specific state of consciousness, such as theta, but would rather encourage you to tune yourself as if you were an instrument. Whether that tuning that is effective to you would be in singing, chanting, praying, or simply sitting in silent meditation, we do not know and cannot say. However, such tuning as you will find satisfaction in doing brings you to your highest and best self and clears the way for a good contact.

D’s last question was: “I’ve been working on making more consistent contact with extraterrestrial life forms. I’ve had some limited success. My method so far has been to quiet my mind into theta waves, attempt to keep a steady focus and frequency, and to project out my consciousness in a call for contact. It is my perception that my lack of ability to maintain a steady focus and frequency hinder my success. Is this true? Regardless, what methods can I utilize in order to become more successful in my contact work?” Q’uo began by saying we confirm those observations which you have made concerning your attempts to contact those from elsewhere, and we would also confirm your judgment concerning the situation as regards the limitations of working alone when attempting to offer yourself to a universal contact, so firstly the safe area of contact from the world of spirit is that contact with your higher self which is always achievable without any concern for your personality shell’s integrity, and in order to contact your higher self as Carla would call it, the “Holy Spirit,” we would recommend the journaling method as being most efficient, so in this method you sit at your computer or sit with a paper and pen and write your question, then immediately, at your next thought, write that thought down without asking whether it came from you or whether it did not. Now Q’uo said the preparation for this journaling is to calm your mind, and we would not encourage you to find a specific state of consciousness, such as theta, but would encourage you to tune yourself as if you were an instrument, and we cannot say whether that tuning that is effective to you would be in singing, chanting, praying, or simply sitting in silent meditation, but the tuning that you find satisfaction in will bring you to your highest and best self and clears the way for a good contact. On September 30, 1984, Latwii gave general directions for how a group could utilize the process of tuning:

We find that this group has utilized these things to be channeled, the visualization, for a great period of what you call time in the meditative meanings, and we can only recommend an intensification of this process so that there is a greater effort made to construct what might be called a wall of light. There could be the selection of inspirational music to be listened to, followed by a short period of singing or chanting, also to be followed by a period of prayer which is now utilized and then the recommendation made that each individual in the group utilize some personal form of tuning to be continued silently as the group tuning has been completed.

The second part of our response has to do with attempting to receive information or inspiration from beyond the gateway to intelligent infinity. It is our practice to teach those who would wish to be instruments for the Confederation in groups with a senior channel who has had enough experience to be able to, as this instrument would say, “watch the backs” of those in the circle. For you see, my brother, there is the problem of there being a very crowded universe full of entities in the unseen realms, some mischievous, some positive, some angelic, and some who wish to distract you from the Light, to deceive you and even to break up your earthly personality shell so that they may reap your suffering and pain. To work with universal contacts without a group is like attempting to light a flashlight with the wrong kind of battery, something that is too small, something that is not adequate. It can be done but it is not reliable nor is the information gained from such contact reliable.

Consequently, we would encourage you, if you would wish to pursue being an instrument for universal sources, to find that group which you trust, that senior channel which you trust, and to set yourself to the slow process of learning how to accept concepts. That which is universal is much like that which is in your roots of consciousness in your archetypal mind. It will not speak to you in words. It will offer you concepts. These concepts are infinite. They have to be translated into words if you wish to use them in offering yourself as an instrument. So as an instrument you’re basically asking to be a translator of concepts into the language that you use every day.

As this instrument has said many times, much is lost in the translation from infinite concept to finite language. There are many who prefer to retain concepts in their infinite form and to rest in that infinity without attempting to make the translation. And to those mystics, many flock who wish only to sit next to that energy which is holding those infinite concepts. May we say how beautiful we feel your desire to seek and to serve the one infinite Creator is. We wish you every joy, every success, all that you wish, as you continue to seek. This instrument’s energy wanes, as does this group’s, and so we begin to withdraw now, encouraging you as we do so to seek the silence on a regular basis, for in that silence, even though you are conscious, all of the information of the unconscious of the Creator itself lies. However you can come to that tabernacle of silence, we encourage the practice. For with meditation comes an awareness that cannot be expressed but can only be appreciated.

Q’uo went on to say the second part of our response has to do with attempting to receive information from beyond the gateway to intelligent infinity, and it is our practice to teach those who would wish to be instruments for the Confederation in groups with a senior channel who has had enough experience to be able to “watch the backs” of those in the circle, for you see there is the problem of it being a crowded universe full of entities in the unseen realms, some mischievous, some positive, some angelic, and some who wish to distract you from the Light and to break up your earthly personality shell so that they may reap your suffering and pain, and to work with universal contacts without a group is like attempting to light a flashlight with the wrong kind of battery, and it can be done, but the information gained from such contact is not reliable. Q’uo went on to say we would encourage you, if you would wish to pursue being an instrument for universal sources, to find that group which you trust, that senior channel which you trust, and to set yourself to the slow process of learning how to accept concepts since that which is universal is much like that which is in your roots of consciousness in your archetypal mind, but it will not speak to you in words, so it will offer you concepts that are infinite, and they have to be translated into words if you wish to use them in offering yourself as an instrument, so as an instrument you’re basically asking to be a translator of concepts into the language that you use every day. Q’uo completed their reply by saying as Carla has said many times, much is lost in the translation from infinite concept to finite language, and there are many who prefer to retain concepts in their infinite form and to rest in that infinity without attempting to make the translation, and to those mystics many flock who wish only to sit next to that energy which is holding those infinite concepts, so may we say how beautiful we feel your desire to seek and to serve the one infinite Creator is, and we wish you every joy, and all that you wish as you continue to seek, and Carla’s   energy wanes, as does this group’s, and so we begin to withdraw now, encouraging you as we do so to seek the silence on a regular basis, for in that silence, even though you are conscious, all of the information of the unconscious of the Creator itself lies, and however you can come to that tabernacle of silence, we encourage the practice, for with meditation comes an awareness that cannot be expressed but can only be appreciated. On October 2, 1983, Hatonn described the value of seeking the silence:

But as you value and nurture these desires to seek, as you meditate and seek the silence within, as the power of the original Thought brings Love into your life, you will find that you are manifesting to others qualities which will aid those about you. You may allow this to occur and indeed encourage it, for this is a natural fruit of seeking. However, the seeking itself, that inner journey, we encourage you to protect as if it were a baby, for it is a baby that you carry within yourself. Nurture it with meditation, and you encourage it to grow in wisdom, and you discipline it by the regularity with which you examine it with thoughts and your being.

We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Thank you for the privilege of sharing our thoughts. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning I vacuumed the first floor of my home.

This afternoon I used my backpack blower to blow the leaves in the Moss Garden into the back yard. Then I used my big mower, Venus to mow all the grass in the front, side, and backyard.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 23

The Touch Of The Spirit

I am of the Spirit of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the consciousness of Love.

We find this instrument contemplating the lightness of our touch upon its consciousness. Would this instrument wish the Holy Spirit to come upon it in such power that it were struck blind? There are times when the Spirit must come upon one or many in the boldest strokes of Light and thunder.

Yet far more often is the Spirit’s influence felt in the Light movements of the wind of Love’s consciousness upon the texture and fabric of your illusion. Yet if it is desired that greater Light in greater strength strike the life, the pilgrim may seek to condemn, vilify, and persecute those things which it does not understand. Then the Spirit, soft and sweet, becomes dire and terrible, and Light becomes awesome.

May your ways be unbound by judgment and may the Spirit touch you in peace, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from September 26, 2009:

Jim: The question from G this evening, Q’uo, is: “We believe it is a common experience among seekers to dramatize and to frame the choices they face in terms of temptation. Does the self create temptations in order to promote and test its growth? If so, does the temptation operate as a means of crystallizing previous learning and moving the entity forward into new learning, the temptation repeating, if not successfully met? Or is temptation simply a means of removing the focus from the heart of the path?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is our privilege to be called to your circle of seeking, and we are delighted to share with you our humble thoughts on the subject of temptation. First, as always, we would make the request that all those that listen to or read these words use his discrimination and discernment, watching for resonance with those things that we say. If our ideas resonate with you then please feel free to use them. If they do not, please leave them behind. We greatly appreciate your care in guarding the portals of your spiritual seeking. Let only those thoughts and concepts which resonate to you with the ring of personal truth be those materials with which you pursue truth, for truth is always a subjective matter. Your needs are unique and not to be confused with anyone else’s. Your taking this responsibility will enable us to offer our thoughts without being concerned for infringing upon your free will. We thank you for this consideration.

Theword “temptation” is a word in your language that carries connotations of judgment. This instrument and many members of your culture are deeply inculcated to feel that there are temptations that would pull a seeker astray. That is the concept as it is offered within that distortion which you call the Christian faith. Thusly, the perceived temptations of an entity’s life are seen in a pejorative way, as something evil. We are aware that from a certain point of view it is helpful to view such pieces of catalyst that occur and challenge an entity to make a response as being tinged with evil, and we do not wish to put down or denigrate the faith of those who follow the one known as Jesus the Christ. However, from our point of view, we would rather describe these occurrences of challenge as catalyst. “Catalyst” is a neutral term meaning that which, being present in a chemical process, affects change in other elements of an experiment without itself being altered.

Shall the workings of a mill that is fed grain be given a moral tinge? We do not think so. There is the grain, the berry, shall we say, offered to the grinding stone in order that the wheat berry may become ground and useful for making food. In much the same way, on a metaphysical level, catalyst is offered on a continuous basis in certain rhythmic and repeating cycles to each seeker. The grinding stone of the seeker is its engaged emotions. The processed berries of catalyst become that which the entity, as a spiritual being, uses in order to nourish the spiritual process. That being said, we may look at the mechanism by which catalyst is attracted into the awareness of the seeker.

G’s question was: “Does the self create temptations in order to promote and test its growth? If so, does the temptation operate as a means of crystallizing previous learning and moving the entity forward into new learning, the temptation repeating, if not successfully met? Or is temptation simply a means of removing the focus from the heart of the path?” Q’uo began by saying the word “temptation” is a word in our language that carries feelings of judgment, and Carla and many members of our culture are ingrained to feel that there are temptations that would pull a seeker astray, so that is the concept as it is offered within the Christian faith, and the temptations of our life are seen as something evil, but from a certain point of view it is helpful to view such catalyst that challenges us to make a response as that is not tinged with evil, and Q’uo did not wish to put down the faith of those who follow Jesus the Christ, but from their point of view they described these occurrences of challenge as catalyst because “catalyst” is a neutral term meaning that which, being present in a chemical process, affects change in other elements of an experiment without itself being altered. Q’uo went on to say that they did not think that a mill that is fed grain should be given a moral tinge because there is the grain offered to the grinding stone in order that the wheat berry may become ground and useful for making food, and in the same way, on a metaphysical level, catalyst is offered on a continuous basis in certain repeating cycles to each of us, so the grinding stone of the seeker is its engaged emotions, and the processed berries of catalyst become that which we, as a spiritual being, use in order to nourish the spiritual process, so now Q’uo wanted to look at the mechanism by which catalyst is attracted into our awareness as a seeker. In 46.16, Ra described how catalyst works for us:

The catalyst, and all catalyst, is designed to offer experience. This experience in your density may be loved and accepted, or it may be controlled. These are the two paths. When neither path is chosen, the catalyst fails in its design, and the entity proceeds until catalyst strikes it which causes it to form a bias towards acceptance and love or separation and control. There is no lack of space/time in which this catalyst may work.

It may be said that the self creates its own catalyst or temptations, but only in the larger sense, a sense not within the present incarnation but rather the self before incarnation in the metaphysical realm, planning the incarnation along with the Creator and the higher self. The coming incarnation is seen by the self between incarnations as an opportunity for learning and for service. There is a review of the status, shall we say, of that seeker’s soul, and one or more incarnational themes are chosen as themes for learning. Thusly, you will find that the incarnational lesson revolves and comes around again as long as you are within incarnation. This is not a process where you learn a lesson and then you are finished with a lesson. Rather, it is our understanding that there will always be a rotation into the themed catalyst, as if you were receiving a pop quiz as a student in a school. For your incarnation is indeed a term in a kind of school. It is a school of souls. It is a refinery for souls. You are hoping to grapple with this catalyst or, to put it another way, to grapple with these temptations. You know that this catalyst or these temptations shall be your meat and drink as a student in the school of life.

Of course, once you have incarnated into your earthly life, the veil of forgetting drops between your waking self and that whole self which, knowing so much more and being aware of so much more than you are within incarnation, saw fit to create this incarnational plan. Many times the catalyst seems highly inconvenient, and yet, were you not to be inconvenienced, were you not offered opportunities for being challenged for suffering, for undergoing testings, shall we say, or temptations, you would not evolve nearly as quickly as if you actively appreciate and move towards each opportunity to take on the challenge of a difficult situation or a relationship that is troublesome in some way. It is these very challenges that are the gifts for which you took incarnation to receive.

Q’uo went on to say that we create our catalyst, or temptations, before incarnation in the metaphysical realm, planning our incarnation along with the Creator and our higher self, so our coming incarnation is seen by our self between incarnations as an opportunity for learning and for service, so there is a review of the status of our soul, and one or more incarnational themes are chosen as themes for learning, and we will find that the incarnational lesson comes around again as long as we are within incarnation because this is not a process where we learn a lesson, and then we are finished with it, but there will always be a rotation into the themed catalyst, as if we were receiving a pop quiz as a student in a school, for our incarnation is a term in a school of souls, and we are hoping to deal with this catalyst of temptations, so we know that this shall be our meat and drink as a student in the school of life. Q’uo continued by saying once we have incarnated into our earthly life, the veil of forgetting drops between our waking self and that whole self which, knowing more and being aware of more than we are within incarnation, saw fit to create this incarnational plan, and many times the catalyst seems inconvenient, but if we were not offered opportunities for being challenged by suffering and undergoing temptations, we would not evolve as quickly as if we move towards each opportunity to take on the challenge of a difficult situation that is troublesome, so it is these challenges that are the gifts for which we took incarnation to receive. On December 16, 1984, Q’uo spoke of how temptations may take us off of our spiritual path:

What promises of wealth can lure the seeker away from pursuing that pearl of great price which lies buried within its own being? The field is the entity. The price is the continued seeking for that pearl. All which is sold in order that the field of the self might be redeemed is the great variety of temptations that each seeker will encounter upon the journey. It is a journey which seems quite endless and arduous, yet to the devout that makes the journey, a straight and narrow path. It ends in a moment when that pearl is found and the entity finds that it is one with all things, that it has traveled a great distance and has found itself within itself and within all beings and things.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Carla: Just one question. Are you talking about things like despair and the feelings that we get that aren’t helpful at all? Is that the kind of temptation you’re talking about?

Latwii: I am Latwii, and am aware of your query, my sister. These of which you speak indeed can be great temptations to lure an entity away from the faith that its journey will have an end. Temptations may be any lure away from that journey. Perhaps great wealth shall for a while, as you measure time, cause an entity to forget that which it seeks. Perhaps a talent that an entity has will become the focus of that entity’s efforts, and it shall forget that it seeks the truth.

Youasked whether a temptation was that which would repeat until you learned that lesson, or whether it was a distraction from the path. Let us take those two thoughts, one at a time. Firstly, we would look at the thought concerning the repeating temptation that is offered until it is overcome. We would suggest that it is unwise to see temptation as that which is to be overcome. The reason for this is the ways of energy expenditure. Perhaps you have experienced the dynamic betwixt yourself and another. We will use as an example this instrument and the one known as Pickwick, a small cat. This small cat strives with every fiber of its being to climb into this instrument’s lap while this instrument is occupied otherwise and finds it inconvenient to have a cat on her lap. Consequently, she holds her hand out to keep the small animal from entering her lap and is always surprised at how much pressure such a small being can exert in its dedication to the proposition that getting onto the instrument’s lap will be a good thing. When she releases the effort to hold the cat back, often the cat will actually fall over because it no longer has the point of resistance against which it has been pushing. The more one strives to resist a temptation, the stronger the temptation becomes.

There is another way to perceive such temptations. Say that there is the temptation to eat a piece of chocolate candy when one is on a diet. No matter how many times one rejects the thought of having chocolate, the chocolate remains the same pristine temptation. It cannot be touched by resistance. It is what it is. The dieter who is able to rest with the temptation, acknowledging its power and choosing, at this particular moment, not to act upon that impulse to eat candy, is not resisting the temptation. It is honoring and respecting the temptation and allowing those thoughts and feelings to flow through its being with no judgment but only with the determination to continue dieting. With the resistance removed, the temptation is not nearly so strong. And when it is no longer needed by the spiritual seeker, that temptation will fall away.

Q’uo asked whether a temptation was that which would repeat until we learned that lesson, or whether it was a distraction from the path, so first they would look at the thought concerning the repeating temptation that is offered until it is overcome, and they suggested that it is unwise to see temptation as that which is to be overcome because the reason for this is the ways of energy expenditure, and perhaps we have experienced the dynamic between our self and another, so they used as an example Carla and Pickwick, a small cat that tries with every fiber of its being to climb into her lap while she is occupied otherwise and finds it inconvenient to have a cat on her lap, and she holds her hand out to keep the small animal from entering her lap, and is surprised at how much pressure a small being can exert in its dedication to getting onto her lap will be a good thing, so when she releases the effort to hold the cat back, often the cat will fall over because it no longer has the point of resistance against which it has been pushing, so the more we strive to resist a temptation, the stronger the temptation becomes. Q’uo continued by saying there is another way to perceive temptations, so say there is the temptation to eat a piece of chocolate candy when we are on a diet, and no matter how many times we reject the thought of having chocolate, the chocolate remains the same original temptation, and it cannot be touched by resistance since it is what it is, and if we are able to rest the temptation, acknowledging its power and choose not to act upon that impulse to eat candy, we are not resisting the temptation, but we are respecting the temptation and allowing those thoughts and feelings to flow through our being with no judgment but only with the determination to continue dieting, so with the resistance removed, the temptation is not so strong, and when it is no longer needed by us, that temptation will fall away. On March 19, 1995, Q’uo gave us another way of looking at temptations:

We recommend that when the seeker feels any kind of confusion as to whether there is temptation or opportunity upon its path that it looks as clearly as it can with the conscious mind at that which stands before it. Then, within the meditative state, look again with the deeper, intuitive, feeling mind and ask again if this is what is appropriate as the next step upon the journey.

Naturally, it takes a great deal more presence of mind to sustain the awareness of a temptation and to allow it its sway and its presence than it does either to eat the chocolate or to banish all thought of chocolate. Yet, the resulting spiritual process shall be cleaner and clearer by far than if there was the, to use the Questioner’s word, “dramatization” of the temptation. Such temptations or such catalyst, if it is that which is part of the incarnational lesson, is not something that is learned and then, with full realization gained, put away forever. Rather, there will be the revolution of the seasons of the process so that once again, on one level or another, you shall meet this incarnationally themed catalyst again and again.

You may ask, “Why the repetition?” And we assure you that you are not repeating. For you are not going in a circle. You are not in a rut. You are in a spiral. Each time that you meet this catalyst or temptation, you meet it at a different level. And each time that you meet it and use it, your process advances. Therefore, it is just as desirable to meet that catalyst on the last day of your incarnation as it was when you first met that particular incarnationally themed catalyst of temptation as a young person, a child, maybe even a toddler. Thusly, do not stop appreciating catalyst simply because it repeats. It is only seeming to repeat. It is only seemingly the same. Each time it appears on the horizon of your life, it is meeting you where you are and it is ready to help you move forward.

Then Q’uo said it takes a more presence of mind to sustain the awareness of a temptation and to allow it its presence than it does either to eat the chocolate or to banish all thought of chocolate, yet the resulting spiritual process shall be clearer by far than if there was the “dramatization” of the temptation, and if such catalyst, which is part of our incarnational lesson, is not something that is learned, then with full realization gained put away forever, then there will be the revolution of the seasons of the process so that once again, on one level or another, we shall meet this incarnationally themed catalyst again and again. Q’uo went on to say we may ask, “Why the repetition?” And Q’uo said that we are not repeating or going in a circle because we are in a spiral, and each time that we meet this catalyst, we meet it at a different level, and our process advances, so it is just as desirable to meet that catalyst on the last day of our incarnation as it was when we first met that particular incarnationally themed catalyst of temptation as a young person, so we must not stop appreciating catalyst simply because it repeats since it is only seeming to repeat, and each time it appears on the horizon of our life, it is meeting us where we are, and it is ready to help us move forward. On November 13, 2010, Q’uo spoke of the value of repeating catalyst in our lives:

Indeed, my friends, you cannot help but be about your business because you have carefully set your life up so that the issues which you felt would help you to balance the energies of love, wisdom, and power would be with you throughout the incarnation.

It is not a punishment to have lessons repeat. They do not truly repeat, for you are spiraling ever onward and upward in your learning, and when the lessons come to you again, you are in a different place. You have peeled away a layer or two of the onion skin of personality, enculturation and mindlessness, and you meet the repeating catalyst from a new perspective every time.

The second thought was that perhaps temptation is simply that which distracts one from the path of spiritual seeking. There is virtue in this thought in one way, not in another. Firstly, the virtue of the thought is that that which you would call evil or negative in your life, that shadow self or that experience of psychic greeting outside yourself, has, as one of its goals, the distraction of the seeking self from the path. Consequently, when there is the feeling of being psychically greeted, whether it is a greeting from within your shadow personality, that part of yourself that is as yet unintegrated with your whole self, or whether it is a greeting from an entity who wishes to distract you from the path of seeking and to take your light out of the equation of Planet Earth’s consciousness, that energy to distract is definitely there.

To take out a bright light, it is not necessary to remove the physical body. It is only necessary to distract the attention of the seeker from its normal balance in a sufficient intensity to remove the seeker’s ability to channel or allow the Light and Love of the one infinite Creator to flow through it and out into the world. So, it is in this wise that we would agree that temptations function as distractions from the path. However, in another sense, it is almost antithetically the case that temptations are not distractions from the path. Temptations are the path. There is virtue in becoming eager to meet catalyst or to greet temptation because it is in those moments that you are able to do the work of learning that you came to do. It is in those moments of challenge that you are able to declare yourself as an entity of service to others, an entity that wishes to serve the Light and that wishes to be an instrument for love and peace. Without the catalyst, without the temptations, those fine moments would not come, and you would not gain a sense of yourself nearly as quickly within incarnation.

Now Q’uo said the second thought was that perhaps temptation is simply that which distracts us from the path of spiritual seeking, and there is virtue in this thought in one way, not in another, so the virtue of the thought is that which we would call negative in our life, that experience of psychic greeting outside our self, has the distraction of our self from the path as one of its goals, so when there is the feeling of being psychically greeted, whether it is a greeting from within our shadow personality that is unintegrated with our whole self, or whether it is a greeting from an entity who wishes to distract us from the path of seeking and to take our light out of the equation of Earth’s consciousness, that energy to distract is definitely there. Q’uo went on to say to take out a bright light, it is not necessary to remove the physical body because it is only necessary to distract our attention from our normal balance in a sufficient intensity to remove our ability allow the Light and Love of the one infinite Creator to flow through us and out into the world, so it is in this way that Q’uo would agree that temptations function as distractions from the path, but in another sense, it is almost an opposite situation that temptations are not distractions from the path as they are the path, and there is virtue in our becoming eager to meet catalyst because it is in those moments that we are able to do the work of learning that we came to do, and it is in those moments of challenge that we are able to declare our self as an entity of service to others, an entity that wishes to serve the Light and that wishes to be an instrument for love and peace, but without the catalyst those fine moments would not come, and we would not gain a sense of our self nearly as quickly within incarnation. On July 2, 1985, Latwii spoke of how distractions can take us off of our spiritual path:

In one particular portion of an incarnation, it may be that an entity becomes quite confused because of its inability to process the catalyst which it finds in its daily round of activities. Yet, at some point within the incarnation or perhaps incarnations, the experiences gained will prove valuable and will allow the entity to tip the scales, shall we say, and to move further along the path of its evolution. The road may be difficult; there may be distractions; there may be times when progress seems, oh, so slow. There may be times when one seems to be moving backwards. Yet, all experience provides the opportunity to learn and the opportunity to serve, whether the opportunity is taken advantage of within the incarnation during which the experience is gained or is taken advantage of within the next incarnational experience.

Therefore, we encourage each to develop an appetite for catalyst and temptation, not because it is fun to go through the tempering of the personality so that the personality becomes a magical one, but because this is the way in which you, as a seeker, are able to advance and accelerate the pace of your spiritual evolution. We encourage each to remain sweet-tempered while dealing with perceived catalyst. The energy that it takes to feel self-pity or to feel sorry for oneself because of a difficult situation is toxic energy and is not helpful spiritually.

This instrument was speaking earlier, during the round-robin discussion that preceded this meditation, about times when she realized that she would not be able to focus enough to work because of a level of physical discomfort that was too high. This instrument shared that she has learned to move into a mode of being rather than doing and to see that work as valuable, just as she sees her creative work or editing work. This is an attitude that we encourage. This is an attitude that retains balance so that you may be present and offer your full attention to that which is occurring within you. You do not wish to force your mind, your thoughts or your emotions into a mold. You wish rather to experience yourself authentically on as deep a level as possible. In order to do this, it is necessary that the self be collected. Thusly, when the self becomes distracted and distraught, it is well to focus not upon that which is outer but upon that which is inner, and to allow the self to be collected once more before efforts are made to function within the outer world.

Q’uo said they encouraged each of us develop an appetite for catalyst and temptation, not because it is fun to go through the tempering of the personality so that the personality becomes a magical one, but because this is the way in which we are able to accelerate the pace of our spiritual evolution, so we must remain sweet-tempered while dealing with catalyst because the energy that it takes to feel sorry for our self because of a difficult situation is toxic energy, and it is not helpful spiritually. Then Q’uo said Carla was speaking earlier about times when she realized that she would not be able to focus enough to work because of the level of physical discomfort that was too high, so she shared that she has learned to move into a mode of being rather than doing and to see that work as valuable, just as she sees her creative work or editing work, and  this is an attitude that retains balance so that we may be present and offer our full attention to that which is occurring within us since we do not wish to force our thoughts or our emotions into a mold, but we wish to experience our self authentically on as deep a level as possible, and in order to do this it is necessary that our self be collected, so when our self becomes distracted, it is well to focus, not upon that which is outer, but upon that which is inner, and to allow our self to be collected before efforts are made to function within the outer world. On November 27, 2010, Q’uo spoke of that which is inner in as the nature of our being:

For that which is inner to you is not simply a mind. It is not simply that which can compute, as this instrument would say when speaking of computers. It is not a tool only for intelligent thought, logical ratiocination, and the use of logic. It is also a mind that has tremendous access to intuition and insight, to poetry, to the melody of your life, not simply the words, but the song of it.

Werealize that the demands of a job are such that there are many times when one must do that for which one was employed, even though one has only half a heart on the task. In the best of all possible worlds, however, my friends, you would be able to collect yourselves before functioning in the outer world. As it is, the recognition of the fact that you are functioning at less than peak efficiency, shall we say, is helpful to you as a soul. For if you are aware that it is desirable to collect the self and to tune the self so that one offers a labor of true love when one works, then even if one is unable fully to accomplish the manifestation of this, metaphysically speaking, setting the intention to do that labor of love is very, very important, far more important than the degree to which you are able actually to manifest this.

As we say so often, my friends, the greatest help you can receive in meeting the catalysts and temptations of your life is the silence within. It awaits you at all times. It can work its magic in a few seconds if you shall truly seek the silence. As you seek the silence, find ways to focus your attention, as the one known as G was describing during the round-robin that preceded this meditation. This entity was reporting on following his breath, counting his breaths. That provided a focus that enabled his mind to remain silent for the most part.

Finding some focus such as this is very helpful in entering the silence and maintaining that silence within so that you may receive the information that is richly given in the silence. In that silence is the one infinite Creator. And as you are one with the infinite Creator, you know all that the Creator knows. You understand all that the Creator understands. Of course, this occurs far below the conscious mind’s awareness. Nevertheless, as you take in that information-laden silence and lay it upon your heart, it will bubble up into your daylight consciousness and you shall be changed by the wisdom and compassion of that silence. We encourage your tasting of it on a daily basis, if you possibly can.

Q’uo went on to say they realize that the demands of a job are such that there are many times when we must do that for which we were employed, even though we have only half a heart for the job, so in the best of all possible worlds we would be able to collect our selves before functioning in the outer world, but as it is, the recognition that we are functioning at less than peak efficiency it is helpful to us as a soul, for if we are aware that it is desirable to collect the self and to tune the self so that we offer a labor of true love when we work, and even if we are unable to accomplish the manifestation of this, metaphysically speaking, setting our intention to do that labor of love is more important than the degree to which we are able to manifest this. Then Q’uo said the greatest help we can receive in meeting the catalysts and temptations of our life is the silence within, and it awaits us at all times, and it can work its magic in a few seconds if we shall seek the silence, so as we seek the silence, we can find ways to focus our attention following our breath and counting our breaths, and that provides a focus that enables our mind to remain silent for the most part. Now Q’uo said finding a focus like this is helpful in entering the silence and maintaining that silence so that we may receive the information that is given in silence since in silence is the one infinite Creator, and as we are one with the infinite Creator, we know all that the Creator knows, and we understand all that the Creator understands, so  this occurs below our conscious mind’s awareness, but as we take in that information-laden silence and lay it upon our heart, it will bubble up into our daylight consciousness, and we shall be changed by the wisdom and compassion of that silence, so Q’uo encouraged our tasting of it on a daily basis, if we possibly can. On November 16, 1997, Q’uo spoke of the value of our seeking the silence:

We have discovered through our own experience that it is well to seek the silence of the meditation in a daily fashion that this become a part of each day, perhaps at the beginning or at the ending, that it be a central feature for each day, that one take the time for this meditation at the same time and in the same place each day, that one reserve these times and places for what could be seen as the axis upon which your experience turns. For as you complete your daily round of activities there are many, many forms of catalyst that assault the senses and give one a great deal to think about, to digest, and it is within the meditative times that what can be learned is seated in a spiritual sense within the soul of the self. Thus in your meditations it is well that you put aside, for the time period of the meditation, the concerns of the day, perhaps ritualizing this concern in a fashion such as taking off the cares as one would take off a hat and placing them aside on a table so that during the meditative time one seeks as purely and clearly as one can the inner silence that will allow one to hear with the heart the speaking of the One Creator in whatever form or fashion in which it may come. Any thoughts that occur at this time may be allowed to move in and out and allowed to go their way.

At this time, we would ask if there is a follow-up to this query. We are those of Q’uo.

G: Thank you, Q’uo, there’s no follow-up to that question.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is another question at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Q’uo, I had collected and printed questions from readers abroad as they have come in through e-mail and I find that list is not sitting next to me as it should have been. Is it permissible to walk to the office or the kitchen to retrieve that paper? If not, no biggie.

We are those of Q’uo. My brother, we shall engage with you to stretch the circle while you do that. We are those of Q’uo.

[A pause while G retrieves the list of questions from the office.]

G: Daniel writes, “Could Q’uo confirm that both my wife and I are wanderers? Also, would Q’uo be able to say from which density we come?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We are certainly able to confirm that which you already know, my brother, but we feel that it is beyond the pale of infringement to offer you information which is yours to gain as to the density from which you come. We encourage you to realize yourselves as those who have come on a mission, on a task, to hold the Light in accordance with your particular and unique vibratory capacities and characteristics. Therefore, we would suggest that your concern be not for your antecedents, which concern functions as kind of a distraction from your purpose, but rather that your focus be upon the present moment and the Love in it, so that you may cooperate more and more fully with the energies of Light, grace, beauty, and power, holding consciousness within you in your highest and best fashion and thereby aiding your planet of choice, Planet Earth, of which you are now natives.

We thank you, my brother, for this query and do not mean to be harsh but only to encourage you to focus on the mission itself rather than on the details of your former existence. Truly, the present is your arena now. It is your chance, your opportunity for service, and we encourage and support you in that service.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: K writes in from Luxembourg asking, “What are the spiritual principles I should think of, and what are the spiritual principles which would help me to spread the word about the difference between positively-oriented information, such as that information provided by the Confederation of Planets, and negatively-oriented information that is found in abundance on the internet? I ask because it seems that many people confuse negatively-oriented sources of information with positively-oriented sources, mistaking STS philosophy for STO philosophy.”

Weare those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We would confirm your supposition that many, many are the entities which are taken in by the glibness and the sophistry of service-to-self sources which are able to sound as though they were service-to-others except for generating a continuous and ever-increasing amount of fear. My brother, the spiritual principle involved in helping people become aware of the difference between service-to-others information and service-to-self information is that principle known as the Law of Confusion or free will. The first distortion is all-important when one is attempting to be of service to others. If entities have not asked for your service, then we would ask you, as one who wishes to serve, if there is an overriding reason why other entities’ sleep must be disturbed.

If there were only this lifetime and only this graduation, then perhaps we might agree that everyone should be shaken by the throat and told to wake up. However, there is all the time in the creation for entities to progress. While it is true that you now are at a time of graduation, a time of harvest, we would suggest that there shall be other harvests; there shall be other graduations. If a seeker needs to repeat third density, needs to repeat third grade, shall we say, in the school of souls, that is not a tragedy nor is it anything of which to be ashamed. Each entity shall progress. Each entity shall one day have accomplished every lesson, have satisfied every desire, and shall return to the one infinite Creator.

K’s question was: “What are the spiritual principles I should think of, and what are the spiritual principles which would help me to spread the word about the difference between positively-oriented information, such as that information provided by the Confederation of Planets, and negatively-oriented information that is found in abundance on the internet?” Q’uo began by saying  they would confirm our supposition that many are the entities which are taken in by the deception of service-to-self sources which are able to sound as though they were service-to-others except for generating a continuous amount of fear, so the spiritual principle involved in helping people become aware of the difference between service-to-others information and service-to-self information is that principle known as Free Will, so this first distortion is all-important when we are attempting to be of service to others, and if entities have not asked for our service, then Q’uo asked if there is an overriding reason why other entities’ sleep must be disturbed if we are those who wish to be of service. Q’uo continued by saying if there were only this lifetime and only this graduation, then they might agree that everyone should be shaken by the throat and told to wake up, but there is all the time in the creation for us to progress, and while it is true that we are at a time of harvest they would suggested that there shall be other harvests, so if a seeker needs to repeat third density, that is not a tragedy, nor is it anything of which to be ashamed, and each of us shall one day have accomplished every lesson, have satisfied every desire, and shall return to the one infinite Creator. On April 27, 2007, Q’uo described how each of us shall return to the one infinite Creator:

Your incarnation is in a classroom or a school that this instrument has called a “refinery of souls.” You are looking, during your incarnational experience, to create for yourself a personal reality that seems to you to be an improvement in terms of service to others, and other ideals that you may have, from how you were vibrating and, shall we say, who you were or who you saw yourself to be when you first awakened to your desire to move forward on the road of seeking to take some proactive part in attempting to encourage yourself, now that you have awakened, to wake up even further.

You do this by receiving catalyst, and then by choosing how you shall respond to this catalyst. This is where catalyst comes into this archetypal journey of every soul that seeks to return to the one infinite Creator and to become aware of who they are and why they are here. Catalyst, therefore, has an archetypal and sacred place in the scheme of this school. You may see each time that you are overly disturbed by an event or a thought as being a time of receiving catalyst.

The principle of free will means that each entity gets to choose his rate of progress. When an entity such as yourself, who is so eager to progress and so diligent in seeking, comes across misunderstanding and misapprehended principles, it is a great temptation, or catalyst, shall we say, to set people right according to the way you think. And we do not say that the way you think is incorrect. We only say that the overriding principle here is free will. We would suggest two things. Firstly, if an entity asks for your opinion, we encourage you to make maximal use of the opportunity to share the Love and the Light of the one Creator in ways that seem good to you.

Secondly, when entities are not asking you for your opinion or for your help, yet are engaging you in conversation, we would encourage you, as we often have before through this instrument, to be a Johnny Appleseed of spiritual thought. When you see an opening, toss some seeds of thought upon the ground of their attention. Perhaps they shall take root. Perhaps not. But you are doing your best for your brothers and sisters when you create opportunities to drop seeds. We only encourage you then to have no attachment to the outcome. Do not look behind you to see if the seeds have taken root or if the wind has blown them away. That is not your concern. Your concern is to stay in the present moment with an open heart and a readiness to console, encourage, support, and love all brothers and sisters in the tribe of humankind, seeing them at the soul level and affirming that they too are the Creator as you are.

Q’uo went on to say the principle of free will means that each of us gets to choose our rate of progress, and when an entity such as we are, who is eager to progress comes across misunderstanding, it is a great temptation to set people right according to the way we think, and the way we think is not incorrect, but the overriding principle here is free will, so if an entity asks for our opinion, we must make use of the opportunity to share the Love and the Light of the one Creator in ways that seem good to us. Now Q’uo said secondly, when entities are not asking us for our opinion or for our help, yet they are engaging us in conversation, we must become a Johnny Appleseed of spiritual thought, and when we see an opening, toss some seeds of thought upon the ground of their attention, and perhaps they shall take root, or not, but we are doing our best for our brothers and sisters when we create opportunities to drop seeds, so we must not look to see if the seeds have taken root because that is not our concern, but our concern is to stay in the present moment with an open heart and love all brothers and sisters in the tribe of humankind, seeing them at the soul level and affirming that they too are the Creator as we are. On September 22, 2007, Q’uo spoke of what it feels like when we can find the beauty of the love in our heart in the present moment:

It is so that at any point at which one’s heart rises in joy, appreciation, and thankfulness at some beauty or blessing of life, one has accessed consciousness. The steady state of consciousness is one of joy, peace, and love, and it is a wonderful experience when that sunshine bursts through and one’s heart is lifted up in the sudden awareness of the stunning beauty of the present moment.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Yes, Q’uo. First I would say that I know all of these questioners will be very grateful for your responses. Thank you on their behalf. B has a two-part question, and it seems that the focus of his question lies in the second part of it. B asks, “Could Q’uo comment on the nature of the near-death experience phenomenon in general? It seems that in recent years more and more humans are returned back to life after sometimes a lengthy period of clinical death. There are cases where the individual is sent back to the physical plane voluntarily or involuntarily, seemingly despite their desire to stay ‘over there.’ How does the law of free will factor into this situation?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Without attempting to describe or explain the dynamics of proper location, we may say that there are times when the proper location of an entity is not yet “over there.” Consequently, no matter how much they might wish to be “over there,” their proper location remains on Planet Earth in their physical bodies, continuing with the present incarnation.

The near-death experience is just that: an experience that an entity has when he is at the border between space/time physicality and Planet Earth life, and time/space, non-substantial spiritual, or inner realms. It is not that the time to go on is written down aforetime, but rather that each incarnation develops certain patterns of energies that need to be fulfilled before the proper location of an entity shifts. The varying types of descriptions that entities have of this experience are a function of the individual capacities of each spiritual seeker to apprehend that which is occurring to him.

We would, at this time take our leave of this instrument and this group, thanking each for the beauty of your blended auras and your determination to set aside time to seek the truth. We are humbled before your courage and your seeking and we thank you for this opportunity to offer our humble service. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

This morning I went outside and sprayed four cans of black undercoating paint inside the giant Sycamore tree in the back yard to kill whatever kind of bug that is eating out the inside of the tree in a measure of four feet at the base, three feet into the tree, and ending four feet tall in a point like a pyramid. There are three cables about forty feet high to hold the three trunks in place, and they also have the function of helping the Sycamore to live longer as well. Then I transplanted seven more Caladium into the top layer of the flower garden in the middle of the Moss Garden. I also planted another tray of small pink, white, and purple flowers that had no labels in the small section on the southeast corner of the first layer of the flower garden in the middle of the Moss Garden. Then I watered all the new transplanted flowers with fertilized water. Then I sprayed them with deer repellant.

This afternoon I went out to the Valhalla Acute Care Home to visit my neighbor who fell in her bathroom four weeks ago and injured her head, but she was sleeping when I arrived. I waited a while, but then I left her a note to let her know that I would try to visit her again in few days, and that I hoped she would enjoy the chocolate milk shake that I brought her.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 22

The City Of God

We are of the principle of the living Christ, and we greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

For many days the instrument has felt beleaguered and puzzled. And so we turn the mind of the instrument to patience and waiting. There are times during the life experience—and it is designed in just this way—when the overwhelming nature of experience is such that the conscious mind is pulled away from that great, slow rhythm of the consciousness of Love. The mind, then, is receptive not to the city of God but to the city of man.

Yet that high and holy hill exists in the world as well as outside of it. And it is in quietness and peace of mind that this kingdom is to be seen. Yet also is it to be seen in the beauty that informs each and every work of God and of man. The city of God, that glad place where man may tabernacle with his Creator, lies within as well as in the world to come.

May each who frets and worries sink into quietness and peace of mind, thus to discover the Holy City and God’s will.

We speak to you in love and peace, now and always.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from September 22, 2009:

Jim: The question this evening from J is, “How can I enter into contact with my higher self and get daily guidance from it with such clarity that I would be able to clearly identify that I am receiving guidance from my higher self and not from my imagination or from any other sources? What spiritual principles may I use to aid me in receiving guidance?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is a privilege and a pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking. We are delighted to share with you our humble thoughts concerning the subject of receiving information from your guidance system. However, before we begin, as always we would ask all of those who listen to or read these words to use their discrimination and discernment in choosing which of the thoughts that we share to retain. Follow the resonance in that which is said. If thoughts are resonant to you, keep them by all means and work with them as is useful to you. If they do not resonate to you, we ask that you leave them behind. In this way we can be sure that we have not infringed upon your free will or the sanctity of your spiritual process. We thank you for this consideration.

The subject of receiving good information from one’s guidance is a good subject upon which to ponder and to seek because the quality of that which is given you from your own guidance is very high. It is the gift to the self from the self to have this guidance system. Each entity exists both in third density, as a creature of flesh and blood, and as that energy body which is the self within time/space within mid-sixth density. These two are inexorably linked. This energy entity is a citizen of eternity and dwells in infinite time. The foundation of each seeker’s guidance system is his own higher self, that self who, in mid-sixth density, has experienced all that is desired. When that entity realizes fully that he shall no longer desire or seek to fulfill desires, but instead turn towards the call of the infinite Creator to rejoin It fully, it turns one last time to what you would see as the past and creates a thought form that contains all of the harvest of that which he has learned throughout all of his incarnations in all densities through the sixth.

This thought form he leaves with the developing entity wherever it is, in whatever incarnation it is experiencing, so that at any time he may call upon his highest and best self and ask how to evaluate things and whatever other advice he deems needed. This higher self is joined by at least three angelic entities. This instrument calls two of these angelic entities the Holy Spirit in Its male and female aspect. Others consider the angelic entities to be gurus or literally angels. Some entities who are seeking to serve the Light collect about them as many as a dozen angelic presences or more, all of whom wish to support and encourage that service to the Light which the seeker has undertaken within incarnation. This service is not necessarily an outer service. Many are those who create that portal within themselves which holds a space wherein light may come through from those realms of pure Love into third density. This is a great service in itself and may be offered by a seeker in any condition of life whatever. 

J asked: “How can I enter into contact with my higher self and get daily guidance from it with such clarity that I would be able to clearly identify that I am receiving guidance from my higher self and not from my imagination or from any other sources? What spiritual principles may I use to aid me in receiving guidance?” Q’uo began by saying the subject of receiving good information from our guidance is a subject upon which to ponder because the quality of that which is given us from our guidance is high, and it is the gift to our self from our self to have this guidance system, so each of us exists both in third density, as a creature of flesh and blood, and as that energy body which is the self within time/space within mid-sixth density, and these two are linked because we are a citizen of eternity, and the foundation of our guidance system is our higher self, that self in mid-sixth density that has experienced all that is desired, so when we realize that we shall no longer seek to fulfill desires, we turn towards the call of the infinite Creator to rejoin It fully, and we turn one last time to what we would see as the past, and we create a thought form that contains all of the harvest of that which we have learned throughout all of our incarnations in all densities through the sixth. Then Q’uo said we leave this thought form with the developing entity wherever it is, in whatever incarnation it is experiencing, so that at any time they may call upon their highest and best self and ask how to evaluate things and whatever other advice they feel is needed, and our higher self is joined by at least three angelic entities which Carla calls the Holy Spirit in Its male and female aspect, and others consider these angelic entities to be gurus or angels, so some entities who are seeking to serve the Light collect about them a dozen angelic presences, all of whom wish to support that service to the Light which we have undertaken within incarnation, but this service is not an outer service since many are those who create that portal within themselves which holds a space where Light may come through from those realms of pure Love into third density, so this is a great service and may be offered by a seeker in any condition of life.  On September 15, 2018, Q’uo described some of the angelic presences that are available to us as guides on our spiritual journey:

We also suggest that the ability of each seeker of truth to consciously ask the higher self for guidance within the dream state, within the meditative state, and even within the conscious state, is also a means by which entities may be of service to others, for at this time there is the enhanced ability to utilize contact with other portions of the being—be it the higher self, the guides, and angelic presences, the loved ones who have passed over into the world of the spirit, and, indeed, the mind/body/spirit totality. These are sources of inspiration and information for any seeker who has the desire to give over the individual will in the sense of “not my will, but thy will be done.” That is able, then, to open a door to that which may previously have been shut to this entity.

The spiritual principle involved in seeking one’s guidance is that which can be called faith. Faith is often misunderstood among your people for they confuse faith with belief. Belief is always belief in something; perhaps a creed or a system of tenets that form a dogmatic system. A believer believes specific points or speaks to a specific creed. Faith, on the other hand, has no content. It contains no knowledge. It is an attitude. It is the attitude that knows beyond doubt, regardless of the circumstances, that all is well. And the entity who is living a life in faith cannot be daunted by circumstance. Faith is an attitude which assumes that the infinite Creator, the higher self, and that self which planned this incarnation before taking flesh have provided ample opportunities for learning and for service.

Sometimes involved in learning is suffering. Sometimes there is sorrow and pain. Yet one living a life in faith knows that that which is happening is perfect. It is precisely what is needed to advance spiritually and to be of service. Consequently, such an entity cooperates and harmonizes with circumstance and allows creativity and imagination to play a part in the flowing forward of events. Faith does not recognize closed doors. Faith abides, patiently, trustingly and with infinite attention. For there shall come those hints, inklings and information from spirit that shall illuminate the situation within the present moment. And this faith is that which shall serve you well, my brother, as you learn to listen to and communicate with your guidance system.

Then Q’uo said the spiritual principle involved in seeking our guidance is that which can be called faith which is often misunderstood among our people, for they confuse faith with belief, but belief is always belief in a creed, or a system of beliefs that form a dogmatic system, so a believer believes specific points, but faith has no content because it is an attitude that knows beyond doubt that all is well, and if we live a life in faith we cannot be intimidated by circumstance, so faith is an attitude which assumes that the infinite Creator, the higher self, and our self, which planned our incarnation, have provided opportunities for learning and for service. Q’uo went on to say sometimes suffering is involved in learning, yet when we are living a life in faith we know that which is happening is what is needed for us to advance spiritually and to be of service, so we harmonize with circumstance and allow creativity to play a part in the flowing forward of events since faith does not recognize closed doors, but it abides patiently with infinite attention, for there shall come those hints of information from spirit that shall illuminate the situation within the present moment, and this faith shall serve us well as we learn to listen to and communicate with our guidance system. On March 20, 1991, Q’uo described the nature of the present moment:

Worry not about that which is projected from the present moment into that which shall be a future moment. Do and be in this moment and allow each succeeding moment to be created from the harmony of this moment. It is natural for entities within your third-density illusion to move from the present moment and to reminisce about those previous experiences and to project those that may occur in your future, for the present moment is that which is the most illusory and difficult to comfortably place oneself within, for all of one’s life, then, is contained within that immediacy of experience which the present moment surrounds. And for most entities who have not consciously considered the purpose of the life pattern, the present moment is that which shall be escaped from. Thus, we would recommend that you share your love at each present moment when it is felt and allow the moment to be enough unto itself.

There is no such thing as being able, without any doubt whatsoever, to know that you are communicating with your guidance. There is a reason for this unknowing. Each entity within third density is given complete free will to choose those things which he desires. And that which he desires shall be given unto him. In this atmosphere of free will, it is not desirable from the standpoint of spiritual growth that there be some way to test and prove spiritual events or influences. Instead of such objective means of determining the validity of metaphysical experiences, the seeker is given, instead, the ability to set intentions, such as speaking with one’s guidance. Once this intention has been carefully and profoundly set in such a way that the self hears the self on a deep level, it is necessary only to proceed to have a conversation on a continuing basis with your guidance.

This instrument communicates with its higher self using a computer. She types in her questions and then allows her mind to be filled with a thought. That thought comes, and she types it into the computer. If she desires to communicate further, she types in another question and then again waits for a thought. When it comes, she types it without questioning it, judging it, or in any way analyzing it. It is a simple procedure, my brother, and it is a protective one in that your guidance system dwells within your protected aura. This communication cannot be disrupted by psychic greeting. Its very simplicity however, frustrates and baffles the intellectual mind. If the intellectual mind is allowed to work it shall immediately begin asking, “How do I know that this thought is not my thought? How do I know that I am receiving guidance from a legitimate guidance system?”

Now Q’uo said there is no such thing as being able to know that we are communicating with our guidance, and there is a reason for this unknowing since each of us within third density is given free will to choose those things which we desire, and that which we desire shall be given to us, so in this atmosphere of free will it is not desirable, from the standpoint of spiritual growth, that there be some way to prove spiritual events, so  instead of an objective means of determining the validity of metaphysical experiences, we are given the ability to set our intentions, such as speaking with our guidance, and once this intention has been set in such a way that our self hears our self on a deep level, it is necessary to proceed to have a conversation on a continuing basis with our guidance. Q’uo went on to say Carla communicates with her higher self using a computer, so she types in her questions, and then allows her mind to be filled with a thought, and as that thought comes she types it into the computer, and if she desires to communicate further, she types in another question and then again waits for a thought, and when it comes she types it without analyzing it, so it is a simple procedure, and it is a protective one in that our guidance system dwells within our protected aura, so this communication cannot be disrupted by psychic greeting because its simplicity baffles the intellectual mind, but if our intellectual mind is allowed to work it shall begin asking, “How do I know that this thought is not my thought? How do I know that I am receiving guidance from a legitimate guidance system?” On November 21, 1999, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our intellectual mind:

What we attempt to do in relation to your planetary sphere is to monitor the progress of your people in discovering the concept of infinity, for it is this concept of infinity which is the key to unlocking the doors of unknowing, shall we say. The experience of the intellectual mind, which is so much prevalent among the populations of your planet, is an experience which is largely reserved for those of third density. For it is that which allows you to gain the greatest amount of individuality possible and to begin the process of opening the heart.

My brother, you shall never know in that objective way of proof until the day comes when your scientists are able to create instrumentation to track vibration of this subtle kind. By the time this is done, my brother, you shall be either in fourth density or your home density, having concluded your service and your learning upon Planet Earth. Therefore, your objective needs to be to continue and persevere, having conversations, if possible, daily, keeping a record, either on the computer or writing by hand. Gradually, you shall build up a sufficient amount of material in order to have the ability to look back upon the collected experiences of this conversation as it continues. The longer that you continue with this discipline, the more dense shall be the patterns of congruency and harmonization that you shall begin to see. Gradually you shall begin to gain confidence in this source of intelligence, not because of objective proof but because of an increasing amount of synchronicity and coincidence of a spiritually interesting nature that shall begin to grow up around this conversation. Eventually you shall come to trust in this source of inspiration and information because it has stood you in good stead over a period of time and because there has come to be a certain energy which you can associate with this conversation which comes at no other time.

We sympathize with the frustration that you feel at not being able to be certain in an intellectual way of the validity of this method of receiving guidance. However, it is not spiritually helpful to experience that model where you purchase guidance as though it were a product that you can buy at a store. It is far more helpful to you to dwell within your humanity in unknowing while pursuing a life in faith. You dwell as a human being in third density in a world of facts and figures, and weights, and measures, and often, my brother, they do not speak the truth even though they are facts.

Conversely, in the world of spirit you dwell in a land of mystery and paradox, yet that information which you are able to bring through in your protected, sacred conversation grows into that substantial reality which to you becomes more real than the facts and figures, weights, and measures of third-density, space/time reality. We applaud you, my brother, for seeking your guidance in this way. We know that you shall launch yourself into midair as is the way of faith, and that you shall find firm footing in that midair as you allow yourself to remain empty so that you may be filled with those gifts of the spirit which are yours. My brother, a life in faith is supported best by entering the silence on a daily basis in whatever way that you should wish. Within that silence is all of the information you need. However, it is not offered in words, or even concepts. It flows, rather, in the currents of silence into your deepest heart, there to lodge securely and to bubble up into the daily life in dreams and visions and those feelings that are typical of a gnostic knowledge rather than an intellectual one.

Q’uo continued by saying we shall never know in an objective way of proof until the day comes when our scientists are able to create instrumentation to track vibration of this subtle kind, and by the time this is done we shall be either in fourth density or our home density, having concluded our service and our learning upon Earth, so our objective needs to be to persevere, having conversations daily, and keeping a record, either on the computer or writing by hand, and we shall build up enough material in order to look back upon the collected experiences of this conversation as it continues, and the longer that we continue with this discipline, the more dense shall be the patterns of congruency and harmonization that we shall see, and gradually we shall gain confidence in this source of intelligence because of an increasing amount of synchronicity of a spiritually interesting nature that shall grow up around this conversation, and eventually we shall come to trust in this source of inspiration because it has stood us in good stead over a period of time, and because there has come to be an energy which we can associate with this conversation which comes at no other time. Then Q’uo said they sympathize with the frustration that we feel at not being able to be certain in an intellectual way of the validity of this method of receiving guidance, but it is not spiritually helpful to experience that model where we purchase guidance as though it were a product that we can buy at a store, so it is more helpful to us to dwell within our humanity in unknowing while pursuing a life in faith, and we dwell as a human being in third density in a world of facts and measures, and often they do not speak the truth even though they are facts. Q’uo continued by saying in the world of spirit we dwell in a land of mystery, yet that information which we are able to bring through in our sacred conversation grows into that reality which to us becomes more real than the facts and figures of third-density space/time reality, and Q’uo applauded us for seeking our guidance in this way because we shall launch our self into midair as is the way of faith, and that we shall find footing in midair as we allow our self to remain empty so that we may be filled with gifts of the spirit which are ours as our life in faith is supported best by entering the silence on a daily basis in whatever way that we should wish, for within that silence is all of the information we need, but it is not offered in words, or even concepts, but it flows in the currents of silence into our deepest heart, there to bubble up into our daily life in dreams and visions that are typical of a mystical knowledge rather than an intellectual one. On April 11, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the value of our entering the silence:

And lastly, my brother, as in all things, we recommend periods of entering the silence so that you may hear the still, small voice of guidance, and so that you may rest from the endless considerations of the rational mind and give yourself over to the experience of direct company with the one infinite Creator. For the Creator awaits you in the silence of the tabernacle of your heart.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query before we take other questions? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: [On the telephone.] Would you like to ask one of your other follow-up questions?

J: The follow-up question is, “I started a few months ago to write every morning and every evening all the things I’m grateful for. How do you see this? Is it useful? Is there any way to improve it? What spiritual principles would help me think about the situation?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Gratitude is indeed a spiritual principle, my brother. The energy of gratitude contains a world of wisdom and compassion. For one is gratified not only because of the good things, so called, not only the sunny days, but the rainy days, the stormy days, the tsunami. All weathers whatsoever, all, are occasions for gratitude. Theefore, this practice is of a very high order of excellenc-e, and we commend you, my brother, for working with this principle in humility and in joy. There is simplicity to the spiritual walk that baffles the intellectual mind. All that occurs is that which comes before the self in order that the self may practice responding with vibrations as close as humanly possible to the vibration of the one infinite Creator, which is unconditional Love. Consequently, the response of one that is vibrating at his highest and best shall always be Love.

Garnering to oneself the energies of thanksgiving and gratitude create for the self a tuning of the instrument that is his deepest nature, so that he may more and more be able to sound the melodies of spirit that flow through his wind instrument as he breathes, as he speaks, as he thinks, and as he acts. This attitude of thanksgiving and gratitude creates an ever uplifting energy that brings the seeker more and more into the realms of truth, that truth which cannot be spoken but which can be felt. We would not know how to advise you, my brother, of how to improve upon this practice. However, as you have already initiated a practice of recording those things for which you are thankful, and as you are seeking diligently to begin and continue a conversation with your guidance system, we feel that if there are refinements or additions to such a practice, it shall organically well up within you, in quietness and in confidence, as to how you shall alter your practice.

You are like the tree that is planted by the water. As your roots drink the infinite Love and Light of the one infinite Creator, and as the sun of your turning to spirit allows you to thrive, so shall you bloom, first with the bud, then the blossom, then the leaf and finally the fruit. Who knows when your seasons turn or how you shall experience them? What is certain is that in establishing these practices, you are opening yourself up maximally to those resources that shall offer you the way forward, step by step, never reaching, never avoiding, but always walking in faith. It is said in your holy works, “In quietness and confidence is your strength.” ² So, my brother, is the way of those whose feet are set upon the King’s Highway.

J’s second question was: ““I started a few months ago to write every morning and every evening all the things I’m grateful for. How do you see this? Is it useful? Is there any way to improve it? What spiritual principles would help me think about the situation?” Q’uo began by saying gratitude is a spiritual principle, and the energy of gratitude contains wisdom and compassion, for we are gratified not only because of the good things, not only the sunny days, but the rainy days and all weathers as all are occasions for gratitude, so this practice is of a high order of excellence, and there is simplicity to the spiritual walk that baffles the intellectual mind, and all that occurs is that which comes before us in order that we may practice responding with vibrations as close as possible to the vibration of the one infinite Creator, which is unconditional Love. Q’uo went on to say gathering to our self the energies of gratitude creates for us a tuning of the instrument that is our deepest nature, so that we may be more able to sound the melodies of spirit that flow through our wind instrument as we breathe, think, and as we act, so this attitude of gratitude creates an uplifting energy that brings us more into the realms of that truth which cannot be spoken but which can be felt, and as we have initiated a practice of recording those things for which we are thankful, and as we are seeking to begin and continue a conversation with our guidance system, if there are refinements to such a practice, they shall organically well up within us, in quietness and in confidence, as to how we shall alter our practice. Then Q’uo said we are like the tree that is planted by the water, and as our roots drink the Love and Light of the one infinite Creator, and as the sun of our turning to spirit allows us to thrive, so shall we bloom, first with the leaf, then with the blossom, and finally the fruit, and in establishing these practices, we are opening up to those resources that shall offer us the way forward always walking in faith, and this is the way of those whose feet are set upon the King’s Highway. On August 12, 2007, Q’uo described the nature of the King’s Highway:

You are already perfect. Rest in that perfection, knowing that there is little hope of your seeing yourself able to manifest the perfection within, but also knowing that you are on the road to that perfect self, and therefore, through faith in things unseen, you are as good as there, metaphysically speaking.

This cleanses and clears your energy field so that you are not caught up in the process of spiritual evolution but rather are at rest in the saddle as you and your lance of truth ride along the dusty road. This instrument calls that road “The King’s Highway,” for within her distortion of worship that King’s Highway is the way towards her icon of unconditional Love.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: [On the telephone.] Would you like to go onto the visualization question?

J: The next question is, “What is the purpose of dreaming and the benefit of lucid dreaming?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The energies of Love and Light that we have discussed previously that are so richly filled in silence are those energies of a very deep nature, communicating with the roots of consciousness within you, that consciousness that you share with all that is. Within this consciousness lie energies that are as rivers, lakes, and oceans. You tap into them with your emotions thusly. As you go through your day, if there is little emotion felt then you do not impress or call these deep-flowing waters upward into the conscious mind.

However, my brother, it is rare that there is a day in which there are not those emotional responses to catalyst that do reach an intensity that calls to those archetypal waters in the roots of mind. The response to those emotions and events felt and seen in your day build up until, within your sleeping time, there is that response from deep within you which is called a dream. Dreams are gifts of spirit. When one’s emotions are muddied, the dreams may well also be muddied and shallow. However, when one is on a spiritual path and has developed practices such as you have developed, the events of each day have a tendency to become more lucid and to reach down with a refined emotional energy so that the messages within dreams can bubble up in a clearer and more lucid fashion into your conscious mind.

J’s third question was: “What is the purpose of dreaming and the benefit of lucid dreaming?” Q’uo began by saying the energies of Love and Light that we have discussed previously, that are richly filled in silence, are those energies of a deep nature communicating with the roots of consciousness within you that you share with all that is, and within this consciousness lie energies that are as rivers, lakes, and oceans, and you tap into them with your emotions, so as you go through your day, if there is little emotion felt, then you do not call these deep-flowing waters upward into the conscious mind. Then Q’uo said it is rare that there is a day in which there are no emotional responses to catalyst that reach an intensity that calls to those archetypal waters in the roots of mind, so the response to those emotions felt in your day build up until, within your sleeping time, there is that response from deep within you which is called a dream, and dreams are gifts of spirit, and when your emotions are muddied the dreams may well also be muddied and shallow, but when one is on a spiritual path and has developed practices such as you have developed, the events of each day have a tendency to become more lucid and to reach down with a refined emotional energy so that the messages within dreams can bubble up in a clearer fashion into your conscious mind. On September 26, 1977, Hatonn described the nature of our dreams:

My sister, you must already know that consciousness does not cease either with sleep or with death. Therefore, that which you recall from your dreams is a record that your consciousness has been keeping during your slumbers. There are many levels of consciousness below that which you call consciousness, and many are not understood by those who study dreams. The level that is most often described by those who study the importance of dreams is the level wherein you are as your higher self attempting to speak to your conscious self about the material which you have covered in your experience within the last day or short period. There may be many symbols which those who interpret dreams have fairly adequately covered which may be used within your own dreams as a kind of symbolism to, shall we say, soften the blow of the lessons that your dreams are attempting to offer you.

We do not consider this the most important type of dream, however. In actuality, your consciousness is being taught by your teachers during sleep. And quite often, if you are very careful to keep records of your dreams, you will begin to consciously remember at least part of these lessons. This is most valuable to you, and it is worth attempting to discover by means of keeping records of your dreams.

Oftentimes there is the attempt within dreams of the self to come more into balance with that which is distorted either for joy or for sorrow. Images seen within dreams often give one clues as to the true nature of perceived experience or the deeper nature of that experience which has many layers, some of which you may not have seen. The keeping of a dream journal, then, is a way of receiving intelligence concerning those issues which are grist for your mill as a spiritual seeker. Such a practice constitutes a genuine resource for the seeker. The virtue of lucid dreaming, where one becomes aware that one is dreaming, is the same virtue of one who becomes aware within the dream of waking life that he is a true witness and that he has the capacity to form his own responses.

When one is able to, say, move an arm within the dream character that represents himself, or is in some way able to enter into the dream as though it were a waking vision, that lucidity sharpens the ability to grasp and retain the infinite details of the concepts which are couched within the dream. There is a priestly responsibility that goes along with lucid dreaming. That which one is able to comprehend, one is then responsible for using. As this instrument would say, it is more important in lucid dreaming to “walk the talk” of the dream. We thank the one known as J for this query, for we do feel that focusing upon dreams and giving them honor and respect shall inevitably offer the improvement of this activity as a spiritual resource.

Then Q’uo said often there is the attempt within to come more into balance with that which is distorted either for joy or for sorrow, so that images seen within dreams often give one clues as to the deeper nature of experience which has many layers, some of which you may not have seen, so keeping a dream journal is a way of receiving intelligence concerning those issues which are grist for your mill as a spiritual seeker, and such a practice constitutes a resource for the seeker, so the virtue of lucid dreaming, where one becomes aware that they are dreaming, is the same virtue of one who becomes aware within the dream of waking life that one is a true witness, and that they have the capacity to form their own responses. Q’uo continued by saying when one is able to able to enter into the dream as though it were a waking vision, that lucidity sharpens the ability to grasp and retain the infinite details of the concepts which are seen within the dream, so there is a priestly responsibility that goes along with lucid dreaming because that which one is able to comprehend, one is then responsible for using, and as Carla would say, it is more important in lucid dreaming to “walk the talk” of the dream, and we feel that focusing upon dreams and giving them honor and respect shall offer the improvement of this activity as a spiritual resource. On January 27, 2009, Q’uo described the way we can work with lucid dreaming:

One’s dreams are communications from those places within your consciousness which have been impressed from above—that is to say, in the daylight mind—by those things that have occurred during your day, and from below, that is to say—in the archetypical mind—by those energies, some cyclical and some anti-periodic but not random, so that they move into your preconscious state.

This mixture is always an interesting one and a great deal of work is done during the so-called dream state. To become a part of that process in a conscious manner is a work requiring the setting of a firm intention and then the willingness to undergo a good bit of repetition as you attempt to become conscious within the dream state without waking yourself up.

There are two fairly mechanical details which may aid in your attempts to become conscious within dreaming or, as this instrument would say, to become a lucid dreamer. The first is to become aware that you are asleep and dreaming and then, without disturbing your dream, to move your hand, your head, or your eye, within the dream, so that the entity that you are within the dream is connected to your will.

This is a delicate matter, for you do not wish to disturb the tenor of the story that is unfolding within your dream. You wish in no way to alter the dream, but only to become aware within the dream and to have control over your body as it appears within the dream. Needless to say, much rehearsal is usually required before this process goes smoothly.

The second practice that shall aid you in your lucid dreaming is a matter of recordkeeping. Assuming that you not only wish to be aware within your dream, but that you also wish to work with the material gathered within the dream at a later time, it is helpful to move, with as little fuss and ado as possible, to the writing instrument and the paper or to the computer.

In either case, the idea is to record the experience that you have just had, not editing or choosing what to write but writing all that you can remember. Once you become used to this discipline you shall find that this can be a time-consuming process. Nevertheless, it is a helpful one.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is another query at this time.

Jim: [On the telephone.] Which one would you like to go to now?

J: The next one is, “Could you give me advice on out-of-body experiences and how to have one, and are they safe?”

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

Weare those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. For each entity, the answer to the question of, “Are out-of-body experiences safe,” is different. Indeed, for one entity in incarnation the answer would be variable. To be conservative, we would respond by saying that the moving out of body is safe only when it is a learned experience and that learning takes place in a group wherein there are senior entities who are experienced at collaboration with those who are traveling out-of-body and who are aware of ways to surround such activities with protection.

It may be said that we are conservative when offering this opinion, for in many cases there is an innocence to moving out of the body. Yet in some cases, that innocence can be rudely interrupted, for it is a crowded universe, my brother, and when one is seeking the Light with all of one’s heart, and soul, and mind, and strength, one stands close to the Light. And when one stands close to the Light because of one’s intention to serve and seek the Light, that Light causes the entity to cast a shadow that is seen by service-to-self entities who are fond of distracting and even destroying entities who are out of body.

It is as though one were taking a walk in a neighborhood that was high in crime and violence, or in a war zone. Perhaps you should be able to move into the farthest reaches that you wish and come home to your body without incident. However, it is also possible that you might be set upon and then you should find it difficult to move back into your physical body. Consequently, we would suggest that you pursue this interest by contacting a trusted source of knowledge and experience, such as the Monroe Institute. We take this information from this instrument’s memory. Again, we feel that such interests should be pursued with that organic feeling of resonance. If this is an activity that is resonant for you then we encourage you to follow it, but not by yourself.

J’s fourth question was: “Could you give me advice on out-of-body experiences and how to have one, and are they safe?” Q’uo began by saying for each entity, the answer to the question of, “Are out-of-body experiences safe,” is different, for one entity in incarnation the answer would be variable, so to be conservative, we would respond by saying that the moving out of body is safe only when it is a learned experience, and learning takes place in a group where there are senior entities who are experienced at collaboration with those who are traveling out of body and who are aware of ways to surround such activities with protection, so we are conservative when offering this opinion, for in many cases there is an innocence to moving out of the body, yet in some cases that innocence can be interrupted, for it is a crowded universe, and when one is seeking the Light with all of one’s heart, soul, and mind one stands close to the Light, and when one stands close to the Light because of one’s intention to serve and seek the Light, that Light causes the entity to cast a shadow that is seen by service-to-self entities who are fond of distracting and destroying entities who are out of body. Q’uo went on to say it is as though one were taking a walk in a neighborhood that was high in violence, and you should be able to move into the farthest reaches that you wish and come home to your body without incident, but it is also possible that you might be set upon, and then you should find it difficult to move back into your physical body, so we would suggest that you pursue this interest by contacting a trusted source of experience, such as the Monroe Institute, and we feel that such interests should be pursued with that feeling of resonance, so if this is an activity that is resonant for you, then we encourage you to follow it, but not by yourself. On November 30, 1980, Latwii spoke of the nature of out of body experiences:

Questioner: Oh yes, a friend wants information on the issue of astral travel and out of body experiences. What can I tell him?

Latwii: My brother, I am Latwii. I am aware of your question. Your friend knows more than is known to you at this time. However, we would say to you at this time, you may say that the higher self, with a number of more highly vibrational bodies at the moment of incarnation—which is not necessarily the moment of conception—becomes attached to the physical vehicle of an infant by means of what those of the so-called occult world call the silver cord. This silver cord is retained. It shapes the physical vehicle and those illnesses and other limitations which you experience during your physical existence occur due to the fact that the higher selves functioning through the silver cord are not able to allow that energy to flow unimpeded into the physical shell which it has created. These blockages cause these problems.

Those who are able by nature to travel astrally are those whose attachments to the physical vehicles are not taken as totally integrated either consciously or unconsciously. There are some souls who seem to know and consciously be able to leave the body and travel in the higher bodies. There are others who are unconscious of this ability but who have it happen spontaneously due to a misalignment of the physical body with the higher bodies or because of some trauma which occurs, whether it be joyful or sorrowful.

It is not particularly helpful to experience astral travel unless it is needed by the individual in order to prove to himself the subjective truth of the fact that consciousness does not reside in the physical vehicle. In that context, astral travel is very valuable. In and of itself, however, it is not inclined to be a valuable experience unless the entity is very highly trained in what this instrument would call magic.

If trained in the western traditions of magic, it is possible to reach through the astral body guides who may then instruct you while you are completely conscious. This is seen by those who work in these realms to be of great benefit. In the Eastern tradition, there is much the same consideration of the benefits of astral travel, although it is taken much more for granted in that tradition which is, of course, much older and therefore less structured and more complex.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time?

Jim: [On the telephone.]

Do you have a final query?

J: The final query is, “How can visualization help create things in my life and do you have any recommendations to improve this activity?”

We are the principle of Q’uo, and are aware of your query. This question on visualization is a delicate one, my brother, in that it is possible to visualize and desire many things. And it is a legitimate thing to desire anything whatsoever and to visualize it in order to bring it into your experience. And it shall work if you wish to use the power of visualization in this way. You have only to identify precisely that which you wish and then spend time gazing lovingly at that object of desire. However, it is possible to desire the things of Earth which can be spoken of and listed in number. It is also possible to desire those things which are of the heaven-world, shall we say, such as desiring to do the will of the one infinite Creator, desiring to see the Love in each moment, desiring to see the Creator in the eyes of all whom you meet, and desiring to dedicate your life to service in the Love and the Light of the one Creator. The desiring of these things and the visualization of them is likewise powerful, yet it attracts to you not this or that; rather, it attracts to you that resonance within which you may associate with the one infinite Creator…

We must pause while this instrument becomes able again to enter its original tuning, for the telephone device and the headset which this instrument was using ceased working. This instrument has now found another instrument, as it were, with which she may continue to relay the thoughts that we wish to share. And as we speak through this instrument we are restoring the tuning, that we may continue to answer this query on visualization.

My brother, we would recommend that you be careful and cautious in visualizing anything that is an object. Rather, we would encourage you to create visualizations concerning your highest and deepest desires to serve, asking simply that you be an instrument that the Creator may play according to Its will, so that you may be truly inspired and a creature who vibrates with the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. If you desire and visualize this, then that which you need for your learning and for your service shall come to you without reaching, without worry or concern, and you shall find that your life develops in a way that is far more rewarding and, as this instrument would say, awesome, than any visualization which you may choose. We would, however, say that there are visualizations for the good of humankind, such as peace on Earth, peace in the hearts of humankind, love in the hearts of humankind, and such concerns as this, that are the proper concern of those who would do work in consciousness. These visualization on behalf of the tribe of humankind are blessed indeed.

J’s final question was: “How can visualization help create things in my life, and do you have any recommendations to improve this activity?” Q’uo began by saying it is a legitimate thing to desire anything and to visualize it in order to bring it into your experience, and it shall work if you wish to use the power of visualization in this way, so you have to identify precisely that which you wish, and then spend time gazing lovingly at that object of desire, but it is possible to desire the things of Earth which can be spoken of and listed in number, and it is also possible to desire those things which are of the heaven-world such as desiring to do the will of the one infinite Creator, and desiring to dedicate your life to service in the Love and the Light of the one Creator, and the desiring of these things and the visualization of them is likewise powerful, yet it attracts to you that resonance within which you may associate with the one infinite Creator. Q’uo continued by saying we would recommend that you be careful in visualizing anything that is an object, so we would encourage you to create visualizations concerning your highest desires to serve, asking simply that you be an instrument that the Creator may play according to Its will, so that you may be truly inspired and a creature who vibrates with the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator, and if you desire and visualize this, then that which you need for your learning and for your service shall come to you without worry or concern, and you shall find that your life develops in a way that is more rewarding and, as Carla would say, awesome, than any visualization which you may choose, but we would say that there are visualizations for the good of humankind such as peace on Earth and love in the hearts of humankind that are the concern of those who would do work in consciousness, so these visualization on behalf of the tribe of humankind are blessed indeed. In 50.8, Ra described how the adept may use visualizations:

Questioner: Thank you. How does the ability to hold visual images in mind allow the adept to do polarization in consciousness without external action?

I am Ra. This is not a simple query, for the adept is one which will go beyond the green ray which signals entry into harvestability. The adept will not simply be tapping into intelligent energy as a means of readiness for harvest, but tapping into both intelligent energy and intelligent infinity for the purpose of transmuting planetary harvestability and consciousness.

The means of this working lie within. The key is first, silence, and secondly, singleness of thought. Thusly a visualization which can be held steady to the inward eye for several of your minutes, as you measure time, will signal the adept’s increase in singleness of thought. This singleness of thought, then, can be used by the positive adept to work in group ritual visualizations for the raising of positive energy, by negative adepts for the increase in personal power.

We find that this instrument and this group’s energies begin to wane, and so at this time, reluctantly we must admit, we shall take our leave of this instrument and of this group, leaving each in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning I went across the street to my neighbor’s yard and sprinkled bird seed under her two bird feeders for the deer and squirrels since the bird feeders are deer and squirrel proof. I also changed out the sugar syrup in the hummingbird feeder.

This afternoon I made an errand run with my first stop being at Thieneman’s Nursery to buy seven more Caladium and a tray of flowers that did not have any names of their variety. Then I stopped in at Walgreen’s Drug Store and picked up some hair thickener and a prescription of pantoprazole.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 21

Burdens Laid Down In Faith

I am of the principle of the Love of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of that divine Love.

The instrument experiences much confusion at this time, and we find it very difficult to channel through her. The Holy Spirit, with its fiery strength, is perhaps for many a dim voice, heard with confused ears. We come in the name of Love, and yet Love itself is not a plunderer. Rather, we await the opening of the door of confusion and the removal of inner tension.

There is, in those who are confused, a feeling that all things must be held together by the self. Yet we say to you that there is no swifter road for the spirit to enter than that road made by the faithful seeker who lays down control of a difficult situation and says with a whole heart, “Not my will, but Thine.” Then it is that we who are single as a flame and yet several and multiple as many tongues of fire may come in and lighten the darkness of confusion with Love. May burdens be laid down in faith by many this day.

We leave this instrument in the hope of peace, now and ever.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Q’uo quote today comes from September 12, 2009:

The question this evening is: In offering wisdom, or love, or attempting to be of service to others, we understand that it is possible to infringe upon another’s free will if they’re not ready to receive this kind of information. We are interested in knowing if this creates a fifth-chakra imbalance and if so, how does one balance this?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We thank this group for calling us to your circle of seeking. It is our privilege and our pleasure to respond to your call. We are glad to share with you our humble thoughts on the subject of service to others. Before we begin, however, we would offer two thoughts. Firstly, we are, as this instrument said before the meditation began, those of Hatonn actually speaking this evening rather than our brothers and sisters of Latwii. This is due to the energy of your circle, which is heavily biased in favor of Love. In order to support and encourage that vibration those of Hatonn, of the density of Love, are very pleased to be chosen this evening to be the appropriate voice of those of Q’uo as a whole.

Secondly, as always, my friends, we would ask you to listen to or to read these words with discrimination and discernment, not swallowing our thoughts without thinking about it but rather listening for that echo of truth that appeals to you personally. For it is certain thoughts, not all thoughts, that will inevitably touch each of you. Therefore, it will free us from being concerned about interfering with your free will if you will take responsibility for laying aside those thoughts of ours which you do not find helpful. We thank you for this consideration.

The concept of service to others is at the very heart of the polarization that is the primary objective of each of you as seekers attempting to learn the ways of love. Because of the fact that it is so primary a concept, it is well to spend time contemplating service to others, as those of the study group offered by the one known as C and the one known as D has done and the one known as R also. We thank each of you for collaborating on this query this evening. There are times when the roles that seekers play cause them to feel the need to infringe upon the free will of others. As we say this we are thinking of children and parents. It is definitely an infringement on an infant’s free will to direct that infant in the ways of planetary custom. And yet it must be done. Just as a colt must be broken to bridle before it can be ridden, so the physical body of a young seeker must be broken to bridle in another way. Manners must be learned, principles of social conduct must be inculcated, and the child must be trained to know how to be a functioning and effective part of the tribe of humankind.

There is no doubt that each parent agonizes over the need for impressing his or her will on a child. And yet, what choice does a parent have when it is concerned with preparing the child for being an independent adult that is able to make his way in society? Indeed, parents draw back from that need to interfere with the free will of the child only to that child’s detriment. For if a child does not have all of the tools he needs to fit, to a minimal extent, into the culture in which he lives, he shall have difficulty in creating for himself a way to pay his bills and to make relationships and so forth. Yet, it is undeniable that in this case the role that the parent plays ends up placing this parent in what would seem to be a service-to-self series of actions as the parent trains the child in how to behave and how to think of others. Unless the parent enjoys impressing his will upon a child, so that instead of helping the child the intent is to bully the child and make the child feel small, there is no karmic debt or imbalance in the chakras resulting from the benign, beneficial and kind training a parent must give to a child.

The group question for this session was: “In offering wisdom, or love, or attempting to be of service to others, we understand that it is possible to infringe upon another’s free will if they’re not ready to receive this kind of information. We are interested in knowing if this creates a fifth-chakra imbalance and if so, how does one balance this?” Q’uo began by saying the concept of service to others is at the heart of the polarization that is the primary objective of each of us as seekers attempting to learn the ways of love, and because it is a primary concept, it is well to spend time contemplating service to others, and Q’uo thanked each of us for collaborating on this query this evening, so there are times when the roles that seekers play cause them to feel the need to infringe upon the free will of others, and as Q’uo said this they were thinking of children and parents because it is an infringement on an infant’s free will to direct that infant in the ways of planetary custom, yet it must be done just as a colt must be broken to bridle before it can be ridden, so the body of a young seeker must be broken to bridle in another way, so that manners must be learned; principles of social conduct must be instilled, and the child must be trained to know how to be an effective part of the tribe of humankind. Q’uo continued by saying there is no doubt that each parent agonizes over the need for impressing his or her will on a child, yet what choice does a parent have when it is concerned with preparing the child for being an independent adult that is able to make his way in society? So Q’uo said parents draw back from that need to interfere with the free will of the child only to that child’s detriment, for if a child does not have all of the tools it needs to fit into the culture in which it lives, it shall have difficulty in creating a way to pay bills and to share relationships, but it is true that in this case the role that the parent plays ends up placing it in what would seem to be a service-to-self series of actions as the parent trains the child in how to behave, and unless the parent enjoys impressing his will upon a child, so instead of helping the child the intent is to bully the child, there is no karmic debt resulting from the kind training a parent must give to a child. On January 7, 2008, Q’uo spoke of teaching children how to behave:

Consequently, we say to you that the spiritual principle involved is that of service to others. You have taken entities that made an agreement with you, before either of you came into incarnation, that you would have this special relationship. And you have done, and you continue to do your best to offer them all the love in your heart. Your greatest gift to them is this simple unconditional love.

Naturally, it has been necessary to teach them the ways of the culture in order to protect them, so that they would know how to behave when they were with other people. And this has undoubtedly brought you into conflict with them again and again. Yet we assure you, my sister, that one of the ways that love serves a young soul is to indicate where the boundaries are, where the principles that underlie human interaction are.

Had you given them absolutely everything for which they asked, had you said yes to whatever they requested of you, you would not have given them your wisdom. And, my sister, they need your wisdom as well as your love.

Likewise, when one is in charge of a group, as a teacher or professor must be, he is again playing a role in which he must ask the students to learn certain things. Again, there is no karmic imbalance because of this role-playing as long as the teacher does not use his authority to abase or shame one of his students or to make that student feel stupid or small. One may perhaps think of other roles which entities play in which the responsibility of the role which they play creates the seeming impression of one’s will upon another. In all cases of this type, what is critical is not what is done but rather what the intentions are of the entity who is imposing his will upon another. If the teacher’s intention, for instance, is to share knowledge and to create the opportunity for his students to think about new ideas, the fact that he must ask the students to learn certain facts and repeat them back to him on a test is a benign and beneficial thing. One looks always to the intention when one is gauging the success of being of service to another. One looks to the intention when judging a service-to-others act because the metaphysical world and the physical world are equally involved in service to others upon your planet.

Your body is in space/time in the physical illusion. Your consciousness is in time/space, the realm of your energy body. Time/space is also an illusion, but it is a different kind of illusion in which thoughts are things. Consequently, if one balances the intention with the manifestation that is achieved of that intention, a space/time judgment would be entirely favoring the manifestation. Yet, from the time/space or metaphysical perspective, the shape and quality of the intention to serve would far outweigh the manifestation. This should be of comfort to many who attempt again and again to be of service and find themselves lacking one way or another, according to their own judgment, in the manifestation of that attempt to be of service. From the metaphysical perspective, my friends, you are succeeding brilliantly if your intentions are pure. Let others worry about whether a manifestation is perfect or imperfect. That is not your concern. Your concern is only to attempt, in the present moment, to move according to the intention of service to others that you have set for yourself. This and only this should be your concern as a seeker. Certainly, it is satisfying when a service is appreciated, and thanks are expressed. However, that entity that you are in your heart, the “I” that is the central, deep “I” of you, is an “I” that cares only about making the maximum effort to set a pure intention and then to express it in the physical world. Therefore, focus not upon whether or not you come over well when you attempt to be of service, but only upon the purity of your intention.

Then Q’uo said when we are in charge of a group, as a teacher must be, we are playing a role in which we must ask the students to learn certain things, and there is no karmic imbalance because of this role-playing as long as we do not use our authority to shame one of our students or to make that student feel stupid, and we may think of other roles in which the responsibility of the role which we play creates the impression of our will upon another, so in cases of this type, what is critical is not what is done but rather what our intentions are when we are imposing our will upon another, so if our intention is to share knowledge and to create the opportunity for our students to think about new ideas, the fact that we must ask the students to learn certain facts and repeat them back to us on a test is a beneficial thing because we look to the intention when judging a service-to-others act because the metaphysical world and the physical world are equally involved in service to others upon our planet. Q’uo went on to say our body is in space/time in the physical illusion, but our consciousness is in time/space, the realm of our energy body, and time/space is also an illusion, but it is a different kind of illusion in which thoughts are things, so if we balance the intention with the manifestation that is achieved of that intention, a space/time judgment would be favoring the manifestation, yet from the time/space or metaphysical perspective, the quality of our intention to serve would outweigh the manifestation, and this should be of comfort to many of us who attempt to be of service and find our selves lacking in one way or another in the manifestation of that attempt to be of service, so from the metaphysical perspective we are succeeding if our intentions are pure, so let others worry about whether a manifestation is perfect or imperfect since that is not our concern because our concern is to attempt to move according to the intention of service to others that we have set for our self, and only this should be our concern as a seeker, so it is satisfying when our service is appreciated, but that entity that we are in our heart, cares only about making the maximum effort to set a pure intention and then to express it in the physical world, so we should focus only upon the purity of our intention. On January 7, 2007, Q’uo spoke of the value of our pure intentions:

We said earlier through this instrument that when you have offered a service, it is no longer your own. This is a harsh truth sometimes, because sometimes your offering falls upon stony ground. This has nothing to do with your offering, my brother. For that which you have offered with a full heart and a pure intention is as it is. It cannot be scorned or taken down in the world of concept and metaphysical truth, although in the illusory world which you call consensus reality there is no guarantee that anyone will ever understand any gift that you may give.

Part of your question, my friends, had to do with the situation in which you are attempting to share ideas and philosophy that you feel are very helpful. There is a concern that, as you attempt to share this information with others, you may be infringing upon their free will, since they have not perhaps asked for this specific service. You are concerned that there may be a blockage in the energy body. Now, we cannot give a general answer because of the fact that every entity seeking to share what he loves dearly goes about it in a unique way. Therefore, we can only say what tends to be true. It tends to be true that if information has not been requested, the compassionate course is to refrain from offering it. It is very difficult to feel so isolated when you have such treasure to offer people. And when you are on fire with the excitement of finding this new information that has helped you, you simply want to give everyone around you the same good experience that you have had. It can come as a crushing blow to discover that virtually no one in your circle of family and friends is presently interested in sharing what it is that you know.

If you persist in, as this instrument would say “buttonholing people” and giving them your information, then you are definitely involved in service to self rather than service to others. This is because of the primal nature of free will. However, if you are moving, not from the level of person-to-person but from the level of soul-to-soul and you have an opportunity to share a key idea or principle that you find useful, you are free of imbalance if you offer this information without concern or attachment for the outcome of this offering. In the one case, when you are buttonholing someone, you are pushing that entity and you are indeed creating a blockage at the yellow ray. You are not creating a blockage at blue ray. If there is blockage, blue ray will not function. When you are blocked, you are always blocked in the first three chakras, or possibly the first four. And when you are impressing your will upon another, that is a yellow-ray blockage.

Now Q’uo said part of our question has to do with the situation in which we are attempting to share ideas and philosophy that we feel are helpful, and there is a concern that, as we attempt to share this information with others, we may be infringing upon their free will, since they have not asked for this service, so we are concerned that there may be a blockage in our energy body, and Q’uo cannot give a general answer because every entity seeking to share what they love goes about it in an unique way, so they can only say what tends to true that if information has not been requested, the compassionate course is to refrain from offering it, and it is difficult to feel so isolated when we have such treasure to offer people, and when we are on fire with the excitement of finding this new information that has helped us, we want to give everyone around us the same good experience that we had, so it can come as a blow to discover that no one in our circle of family and friends is interested in sharing what it is that we know. Then Q’uo said if we persist in “buttonholing people” and giving them our information, then we are involved in service to self rather than service to others, and this is because of the primal nature of free will, but if we are moving, not from the level of person-to-person but from the level of soul-to-soul, and we have an opportunity to share a key idea that we find useful, we are free of imbalance if we offer this information without attachment for the outcome of this offering, so in one case, when we are buttonholing someone, we are pushing them, and we are creating a blockage at the yellow ray, but we are not creating a blockage at blue ray because if there is blockage there, blue ray will not function, and when we are blocked, we are always blocked in the first three chakras, or possibly the first four, and when we are impressing our will upon another, that is a yellow-ray blockage. In 102.11, Ra described how we may cure a yellow-ray blockage:

Questioner: Now, is there— The two areas then that the instrument can look to for curing this problem… I understand that the yellow-ray blockage problem has completely repaired, shall I say. If this is not correct, could you make suggestions on that please?

I am Ra. Each entity must, in order to completely unblock yellow ray, love all which are in relationship to it, with hope only of the other-selves’ joy, peace, and comfort.

However, if you simply see an opportunity to drop a seed of thought, and you have no interest in whether or not it is received well or not, then it is appropriate. Then there is no ripple in the calmness of the energy body, no balance is disturbed, and all is well. This instrument has often said she likes to function as a snooze alarm. She realizes it is incumbent upon her in the role she plays as speaker to offer her shining truth with all the passion and skill that she has at her command. She is eager to aid in awakening those entities of your planet that are sleeping very lightly and are ready to wake up. However, once she has been able to catch their ear, once her snooze alarm has jolted them awake for a moment, she carefully refrains from being concerned as to whether or not they roll over and go back to sleep or whether they sit up and say, “Now that’s something I’d like to think about!”

When there is no concern for the outcome, the ego-self is not involved. Yellow ray is undisturbed and there is no imbalance in sharing truth. Therefore, it is well to achieve a sense of equanimity when it comes to sharing the philosophy that excites you or when it comes to helping another person in any way. Staying at the soul level, what you are looking for is to aid entities in achieving what they desire. If your energies can link with the energies of one who is desirous of an outcome, and if you can help this entity come closer to his goal, you have served. If you answer a question that another has asked, you have served. If you respond to a request for time, the use of your talents or your money and you respond, you have served.

Q’uo continued by saying if we see an opportunity to drop a seed of thought, and we have no interest in whether it is received well or not, then it is appropriate because then there is no ripple in the calmness of our energy body, and all is well, so Carla has often said she likes to function as a snooze alarm, and she realizes it is necessary for her in the role she plays as speaker to offer her truth with all the passion that she has at her command since she is eager to aid in awakening those entities of our planet that are sleeping and are ready to wake up, but once her snooze alarm has jolted them awake for a moment, she refrains from being concerned as to whether or not they roll over and go back to sleep, or whether they sit up and say, “Now that’s something I’d like to think about!” Q’uo continued by saying when there is no concern for the outcome, our ego-self is not involved, and the yellow ray is undisturbed, so it is well to achieve a sense of calmness when it comes to sharing the philosophy that excites us, or when it comes to helping another person in any way, and by staying at the soul level, what we are looking for is to aid entities in achieving what they desire, so if we answer a question that another has asked, we have served, or if we respond to a request for time, the use of our talents or our money and we respond, we have served. On May 13, 2008, Q’uo spoke of our nature at our soul level:

We were saying that in the orange ray, at that level of the personality, the issue is simply the relationship of self to self, just as if you were either a friend of yourself or were not particularly fond of yourself. And the issue there is simply to become your own friend.

In the indigo ray, the issue becomes steeper and deeper and involves the ability to see yourself at the soul level as an infinitely perfect and beautiful soul, trusting by faith alone that this is true, ignoring at last with great relief the judgment of the earthly personality.

Again and again, entities become concerned because, after they have served, they see that what they have given has not been taken as it was offered. Yet we say to you, that is not your concern. As a servant of the light, what you are interested in doing is seeing entities as they truly are, as creatures made of love, as the Creator Itself looking back at you from another pair of eyes. When you respond soul to soul, enlarging the love in the moment and reflecting love given by love received, you are polarizing to the best of your ability, and you are accelerating the pace of your own spiritual evolution in so doing. When you wish to help and you wish to help in a certain way, it is well, therefore, to take counsel with yourself and with your guidance system. Seek out and come to understand any impurities in your desire to serve others.

Earlier this day this instrument was engaged in a “Live Chat” for the Bring4th spiritual community online, and she was asked about serving others and serving the self. For when you serve others you are almost inevitably serving yourself, since to serve others is to serve the self, since all is one and all is the Creator. The instrument responded by saying that, again, it has to do with intention. For instance, if someone comes to you and offers you a cup of tea because he wants you to think of him as service-to-others oriented, he is not actually being of service to others. Rather, he is manipulating you so that you will think well of him and it is a failed attempt to serve others.

Q’uo continued by saying often we become concerned because, after we have served, we see that what we have given has not been taken as it was offered, but that is not our concern because as a servant of the Light, what we are interested in doing is seeing entities as they truly are, as creatures made of Love, as the Creator Itself looking back at us from another pair of eyes, and when we respond soul to soul, enlarging the Love in the moment and reflecting Love given by Love received, we are polarizing to the best of our ability, and we are accelerating the pace of our spiritual evolution, so when we wish to help in a certain way, it is well to take counsel with ourself and with our guidance system to understand any impurities in our desire to serve others. Then Q’uo said that earlier today Carla was engaged in a “Live Chat” for the Bring4th spiritual community online, and she was asked about serving others and serving the self, for when we serve others we are almost always serving ourself, since to serve others is to serve the self, since all is one, and all is the Creator, so Carla responded by saying that it has to do with our intention because if someone comes to us and offers us a cup of tea because they want us to think of them as service-to-others oriented, they are not being of service to others since they are manipulating us so that we will think well of them, and it is a failed attempt to serve others. On May 15, 1983, Latwii spoke of the Love in the moment:

As you know, the cycle which is now ending upon this planet is very close at hand, and its transformation has not been what you might call smooth for many upon this planet have had difficulty in realizing the Love that exists in each moment, each situation, and each entity. Therefore, the seeming inharmonious expression or perception in the mirror has been experienced by many upon this planet’s surface for a great portion of what you call time so that these vibrations of disharmony have entered into the planet itself and as the planet begins its transit into that density of Love, there is the momentary mismatch of vibratory frequencies. This mismatch becomes apparent to those who are sensitive in many ways, but we can assure each that the mismatch or stress suffered is but momentary and in its way, also offers greater opportunity for each entity upon the planet and for the planet itself to find that Love in the moment which has not been found previously, for Love is at the heart of all creation, and no moment is without it’s own infinite share of that Love. Therefore, when such distressing feelings are felt, rejoice that the planet is giving birth to itself and each entity upon it, and that the birth is attended by Love.

However, if an entity looks at that same person and thinks, “Oh, that person may need a drink. Let me offer him one,” and spontaneously goes up to the entity and says, “May I offer you a cup of tea?” the intention is pure, the service is genuine, and that entity has polarized in service to others. It does not matter that service to others inevitably results, in a universe of balance, in service received from others. That is, as your Bible calls it, “Bread cast on the water. It shall return ten-fold and a hundred-fold.”  We encourage you to move into the paradox where service to others becomes service to self with the sure knowledge that it is only a paradox to the logical mind which does not have the view of all things as being one and of the universe as you now see it on Planet Earth as a system of infinite mirrors, so that everything about you speaks to you, and you in turn offer yourself as a mirror reflecting others to themselves as well.

The one known as R added a rider to the query during the conversation, and we would address that rider. That part of the query which did not make it on to your opening question on your audiocassette tape had to do with how an entity who is attempting to be of service and who has seemingly failed can feel that everything is perfect and everything is all right. Certainly that is not the feeling that is manifested within the energy body and within the emotions at a time when every attempt to be of service has been rejected. From our point of view, that situation, as all situations, is perfect, for it is giving you, as the one known as Ram Dass has said, “grist for your mill.” There is a spiritual process going on within the life of each of you. It is infinitely complex, intricate, and subtle. The outer catalyst comes into your energy field and impinges upon it according to your biases, giving you feelings of discomfort, grief, anger, and other seemingly negative emotions.

Q’uo went on to say if we look at that same person and think, “Oh, that person may need a drink. Let me offer him one,” and we spontaneously go up to the entity and say, “May I offer you a cup of tea?” our intention is pure, and we have polarized in service to others, so it does not matter that service to others always results in a universe of balance since that is, as our Bible calls it, “Bread cast on the water. It shall return ten-fold and a hundred-fold.”  So Q’uo encouraged us to move into the paradox where service to others becomes service to self with the sure knowledge that it is only a paradox to the logical mind which does not have the view of all things as being one, and the universe as we see it on Earth as a system of infinite mirrors, so that everything about us speaks to us, and we offer our self as a mirror reflecting others to themselves as well. Q’uo continued by saying that R added a rider to the query during the conversation, and they would address that rider, so that part of the query which did not make it on to our opening question on our audiocassette tape had to do with how we are attempting to be of service–and we feel we have failed—and how we can feel that everything is perfect, so that is not the feeling that is manifested within our energy body and within our emotions at a time when all of our attempts to be of service have been rejected, and from our point of view, that situation, as all situations, is perfect, for it is giving us, as the one known as Ram Dass has said, “grist for your mill,” and there is a spiritual process going on within the life of each of us, and it is complex, and subtle as our outer catalyst comes into our energy field and impinges upon it according to our biases, giving us feelings of grief, anger, and other negative emotions. On August 4, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the nature of outer catalyst:

We encourage this instrument to let go of her preconceptions concerning outer catalyst, to cease being a person whose faculty of observation overwhelms the immediate and keen instantaneous reactions to catalyst as it comes into the field of awareness. It is not an easy thing to step outside of one’s personal biases. Yet in order to compensate for the heavily metaphysical aura that overlays all physical catalyst for this instrument, it shall be necessary to do just that: step aside.

And enter in, with creativity and imagination, to the intense feelings, the acute suffering, and the helplessness of one who is overwhelmed by outer catalyst. Those entities who wish to read a book concerning things like marriage, children, parents, work, and so forth have deep and unanswered questions. They feel out of control and helpless before the onslaught of catalyst and for the most part, my sister, they do not have your gift, which is so deeply ingrained in you that you may not even be aware of it, of pulling the details of physical catalyst into a pattern which highlights the metaphysical aspects which are pointed up by a particular pattern of outer catalyst.

To the worldly part of your thinking, these emotions seem unfortunate and distasteful. To the seeker within you, however, we would say that such emotions are gifts; they are gifts of a certain type. They are gifts that show you where your pain lies and, more than that, they show you what the pain is hiding. So, you take those surface emotions and sit with them and allow them to ripen in your meditation time, continuing to regard those feelings with respect and with gratitude. You do well to let them mature, for even the harshest surface emotion, as it is refined by the ripening process, shall begin to deepen your nature and hollow you out so that you may carry more love, just as a chalice carries wine. Suffering of all kinds hollows out the earthly personality if you let it. It does not have to embitter you or make you cynical.

If you respect your own emotions and regard them with affection and a lack of judgment, and if you persist in allowing yourself to feel those emotions and to let them move ever deeper, you shall find that the gift begins to bear fruit as you feel yourself becoming more spacious within, more responsive to the deeper emotions. You will find that you are an alchemist turning disharmony into harmony, fear into love, darkness into light. It is a natural process, and it begins with the disharmony, with the darkness. Such are the ways of spirit. And that is why we say that things are perfect at all times, although they may be uncomfortable. Do not cringe away from your suffering, but rather cradle yourself as you endure through the natural process of the alchemy of the transforming energy, of the love in your open heart.

Before we leave this subject we would note that it is very helpful in work of this kind to devote some of your precious time to sitting in silence or to entering the silence in some way. It is easy for the conscious mind to think all manner of things, some of them contradictory. It is easy to become confused as to what you wish to do. It is easy to become confused even as to who you really are. When you enter the silence, you enter the realm of the one infinite Creator. You enter eternity and infinity. And, most of all, you enter the present moment which intersects at all times with the metaphysical universe. You are a heartbeat away at all times from the gateway of intelligent infinity. You simply need to release the self from the strictures of the intellect and logic and enter the silence. This is a helpful adjunct to the practice of attempting to serve others and we would encourage it. We have no feelings as to how you wish to enter the silence. Every person’s choice will be unique and that is as it should be. We can only urge you to it, for we feel that it is inevitable that you will find it a helpful practice in your seeking.

Q’uo said to the worldly part of our thinking, these emotions seem unfortunate but to the seeker within us such emotions are gifts that show us where our pain lies, and they show us what the pain is hiding, so we take those surface emotions and sit with them and allow them to ripen in our meditation time, continuing to regard those feelings with respect and with gratitude, and we do well to let them mature, for even the harshest surface emotion, as it is refined by the ripening process, shall begin to deepen our nature and hollow us out so that we may carry more love because suffering of all kinds hollows out the earthly personality if we let it. Then Q’uo said if we respect our emotions and regard them with affection and a lack of judgment, and if we persist in them to move deeper, we shall find that the gift begins to bear fruit as we feel our self becoming more responsive to the deeper emotions, and we will find that we are an alchemist turning disharmony into harmony and fear into love, so it is a natural process, and it begins with the disharmony, so such are the ways of spirit, and that is why things are perfect at all times, although they may be uncomfortable, so we need not cringe away from our suffering, but rather cradle our self as we endure through the natural process of the alchemy of the transforming energy of the love in our open heart. Q’uo continued by saying they would note that it is helpful in work of this kind to devote some of our time to sitting in silence since it is easy for our conscious mind to think all manner of things, some of them contradictory, so it is easy to become confused as to what we wish to do and to become confused as to who we really are, so when we enter the silence, we enter the realm of the one infinite Creator, and we enter the present moment which intersects at all times with the metaphysical universe, and we are a heartbeat away at all times from the gateway of intelligent infinity, so we need to release our self from the strictures of the intellect and enter the silence because this is an helpful addition to the practice of attempting to serve others, and every person’s choice of entering the silence will be unique, and it is inevitable that we will find it a helpful practice in our seeking. On March 28, 2009, Q’uo spoke of how entering the silence is unique for each of us:

Entering the silence is a very personal thing, even an intimate thing, and we would not feel comfortable recommending one way over another of doing so. However, in general, we may say that it is only when there is a sustained practice of entering the silence that the catalyst of daily life begins to be vulnerable to being seen as the illusion that it is. If there is not a steady practice of meditation of one kind or another there is a far less firm place where the observer-self may look upon the challenges of a busy life and see through them to the peace and the power that lie within faith, that faith that all is well. That simple statement, “All is well,” is a good mantra for any discipline, for it is at the heart of faith.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: No, not for me, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and as there is no follow-up requested, we would ask if there is another query in the group at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

R: I do not have another query, but want to say that the words offered by Hatonn were inspirational—at least to me they were. I really appreciate the opportunity to listen to a different perspective than I have. Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother. It is a privilege to be able to share energy with you at this time. Since there are no more queries in this group, we would at this time—reluctantly, we must admit, because we greatly enjoy being with you and seeing the beauty of your auras as they blend—say, “Adieu” for tonight. We are those of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning I ran some errands with my first stop being at The Rainbow Blossom Health Food Store where I picked up some Vitamin B Complex. My next stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I picked up some food for myself. My last stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store where I picked up a prescription of Mupirocin.

This afternoon I welcomed a couple of good friends who had come to pick up their cat which I had been keeping in my home while they traveled out of town for the last week.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 20

Sins Flee Before Love

I am of the Spirit of the full consciousness of Love, and I greet you in the name of Jesus the Christ.

This instrument has little awareness of true holiness this morning. This is the state of almost every spirit who dwells within the earthly bonds of flesh. It was some time before we were even able to make ourselves known to the instrument and this is an instrument trained to recognize coherent spiritual vibration.

The reason for this is the in-turning of the eye of spirit upon the self in order to bemoan what the spirit feels is sinful or full of error. When each spirit causes the flow of generous Love to turn in upon itself in judgment of the self, the flow of Love is forced to a standstill within the judgmental spirit.

It is true that there is no earthly body which is not a creature of flesh. And it is further true that many are the follies of flesh and countless their encumbrances. However, to unstop the flow of Love it is well simply to release each sin perceived and turn with a glad and simple heart towards the direction of the full consciousness of Love. For Love does not come into the sinful being but, rather, sins flee before the full consciousness of Love.

Do not attempt to groom the self to be ready to receive the Spirit of Christ but, rather, open to the Spirit of Christ in the knowledge that every strength will be given by that Spirit for all errors to be removed in due time.

We leave you in the peace of the positive and radiating Love of Christ, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from September 6, 2009:

Jim: The question today concerns how we can keep this positive energy that we’ve generated here this weekend going after each of us returns to our homes. How can we stay positive and share our love and light with those about us?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. We thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking. We are most delighted to share our humble opinions with you on ways to retain and remember the tuning which you have achieved during your Gathering in these last few days. As always, we would ask that each of you who hears or reads these words use your discrimination in choosing which of our thoughts to pursue. We would ask you to use as resources those thoughts that have resonance to you and to leave the remainder of our opinions behind. We thank you for this consideration. It will enable us to feel free to share our thoughts without being concerned that we shall interrupt your process or infringe upon your free will.

This instrument is aware of a song which is called “Let the Good Times Roll.” Such a gathering as you have experienced this weekend offers to each of you who seek the One the opportunity to seek in conjunction and cooperation with the others in this particular circle. The energy of each has been blended with the energy of all those in the circle, as each of you blended your auras with each other in conversation and physical proximity. The energy spiked a great deal because of the fact that many of you do not have the opportunity to share your thoughts and opinions freely with those about you in your home milieu. For some of you more than others, then, it will feel as though, when you leave here and go back to your home, you are actually leaving your home and going back to a place where you are a stranger in a strange land.

As you leave here you will leave the physical place which this instrument calls Camelot, and you shall be leaving the people who are in attendance here who have supported and encouraged you, and in some cases challenged you, creating for you positive catalyst, sharpness of vision, and acuity of insight. And you shall be returning, in many cases, to places that do not offer similar resources to you. The question of how to retain and preserve this tuning that you now feel, in which you are aware in an enhanced way of the mystery which you seek, is a good one.

The question today concerns how we can keep this positive energy that we’ve generated here this weekend going after each of us returns to our homes. How can we stay positive and share our love and light with those about us? Q’uo began by saying Carla is aware of a song which is called “Let the Good Times Roll,” and a gathering as you have experienced this weekend offers to each of you who seek the One the opportunity to seek in cooperation with the others in this circle, and the energy of each has been blended with the energy of all those in the circle, and the energy spiked because many of you do not have the opportunity to share your thoughts with those about you in your home environment, for some of you it will feel as though, when you leave here and go back to your home, you are actually leaving your home and going back to a place where you are a stranger in a strange land. Then Q’uo said as you leave here you will leave the place which Carla calls Camelot, and you shall be leaving the people who are in attendance here who have supported you, and in some cases challenged you, creating for you positive catalyst and sharpness of vision, and you shall be returning to places that do not offer similar resources to you, so the question of how to preserve this tuning, in which you are aware in an enhanced way of the mystery which you seek, is a good one. On April 25, 1982, Latwii spoke of the mystery which we seek: 

The entity so experiencing this mystery, then, hopefully shall be intrigued to pursue the mystery to its solution. The path of pursuing this mystery does then provide the entity with an exercising of the spiritual desire to seek the truth. To exercise this desire is to strengthen it, and in the seeking shall come the fruits of the seeking, and when the mystery has been solved then that portion of the seeking will have served its purpose for the entity.

Firstly, let us consider proximity. What is physical proximity? Obviously, it is the nearness of one physical body to another. Yet each of you knows within your heart of hearts that you are fully capable of maintaining proximity and even intimacy in an energetic fashion and on an energetic level regardless of physical proximity. There have been experiments done by your scientists using your second-density plants. The scientists would take a plant that had bonded with and shared physical proximity with one of the members of the experiment. They would then remove the plant from the physical proximity of the—this instrument would say “owner” of the plant; we would say the companion of the plant—and then that companion would think certain thoughts while instruments were hooked up to the skin of the leaves of the plant, recording galvanic response.

It was demonstrated over and over again that it did not matter what distance away the plant was from its companion. It responded instantaneously to thoughts, both positive and negative, which were thought by the companion. You have, within your second-density physical bodies, that same ability to sense, in an energetic fashion, the thoughts of those whom you love and with whom you have been in physical proximity. You can, by the simple process of asking yourself to become aware of those entities with whom you wish to stay in contact, maintain that source of support, encouragement and unconditional Love that you have experienced here.

Then Q’uo said physical proximity is the nearness of one physical body to another, yet each of us knows within our heart of hearts that we are capable of maintaining intimacy on an energetic level regardless of physical proximity, and there have been experiments done by our scientists using our second-density plants, so the scientists would take a plant that had bonded with and shared physical proximity with one of the members of the experiment, and they would remove the plant from the physical proximity of the companion of the plant, and then the companion would think certain thoughts while instruments were hooked up to the skin of the leaves of the plant, recording galvanic response. Q’uo went on to say it was demonstrated that it did not matter what distance away the plant was from its companion because it responded to thoughts, both positive and negative, which were thought by the companion, and we have, within our second-density bodies, the same ability to sense, in an energetic fashion, the thoughts of those we love, and those we have been in physical contact, and we can, by the process of asking ourself to become aware of those entities maintain that support and unconditional Love that we have experienced here. On February 22, 2020, Q’uo spoke of how our dreams may give us a set of guidelines for our lessons to be learned can be described in an energetic fashion:

There is an image or a set of concepts which are what you might call a guiding star of the life pattern. This guiding star is that which has been promulgated from previous incarnational experiences as the representation of that which may become, for the entity within the present incarnation, a kind of set of guidelines in which the lessons to be learned may be described in energetic fashion.

Thus, when you feel the dreams that you speak of, look then to the heart of the dream within the meditative state to see what that dream is really speaking to you about. What does it represent? How literally can you take it? How symbolically should you take it? Use your intuition and your intelligence together to fashion a kind of response that then perhaps may be able to become a query that you ask your higher self in meditation or in dreams to make a response to.

The one known as M asked that each bring soil to this circle. That soil was blended and then a portion of it was given back to each. This, indeed, could be retained as a “tell,” a reminder or a trigger for focusing upon and bringing up that remembrance of this moment when you were supported, loved and encouraged by those about you, cradled in cherishing. It is indeed a wonderful thing, my friends, to be cradled and rocked with the vibrations of unconditional Love that each has offered during this gathering. Even your laughter and your conversations which sometimes seemed stringent and confrontive, were the earnest reaching across the potentiated space of those who listen and those who seek together to find the truth, the insight, the doorway into mystery and unknowing which each entity offers to those about him. This is perhaps the most direct and logical way to keep the good times rolling, to remember and retain the sweet imprint of this gathering upon your consciousness.

However, if you step back from logic and from physicality, even energetic physicality, you are in an expanded environment. You have expanded into the present moment. You have become a link between physicality and infinity, between space/time and time/space, between specificity—one body, one name and so forth—and the mystery of oneness of which you are ineluctably  a part. In this present moment you are linked, not only to those within your present environment who have physical bodies, hearts that beat, and lungs that breathe, but also to your guidance system. Your guidance system consists in all cases of that which we would call your higher self and which this instrument would call the Holy Spirit. You are welcome to use either term. The entity involved is the same. All things being one, all that exists is a part of you and you are a part of all that is. However, your higher self is quite literally yourself, but it is a self which is given to your third-density, present-moment self as a resource by yourself in mid-sixth density, at the point at which you as an entity realize that you have experienced all things desired and that you now wish to turn towards the one infinite Creator and begin that journey back to the infinite One, dropping your personality and all those things so dear to you in incarnation in third density.

Q’uo went on to say M asked that each bring soil to this circle, and that soil was blended, and then a portion of it was given back to each, so this could be  seen as a reminder for bringing up that remembrance of this moment when we were loved and encouraged by those about us, and it is indeed a wonderful thing to be cradled and rocked with the vibrations of unconditional Love that each has offered during this gathering, and even our laughter and our conversations which sometimes seemed confrontive, were the earnest reaching across the potentiated space of those who seek together to find the truth and the doorway into mystery which each entity offers to those about them, so this is the most logical way to keep the good times rolling and to remember the sweet imprint of this gathering upon our consciousness. Q’uo went on to say if we step back from logic and from physicality we are in an expanded environment of the present moment, and we have become a link between physicality and infinity, between space/time and time/space, and the mystery of oneness of which we are inescapably a part, so in this present moment we are linked, not only to those within our present environment who have physical bodies, hearts that beat, and lungs that breathe, but also to our guidance system, and our guidance system consists in of that which is called our higher self and which Carla would call the Holy Spirit, but we are welcome to use either term, so all things being one and a part of us, and we are a part of all that is, but our higher self is literally our self, but it is a self which is given to our third-density, present-moment self as a resource by our self in mid-sixth density, at the point where we as an entity realize that we have experienced all things desired, and that we now wish to turn towards the one infinite Creator and begin that journey back to the infinite One, dropping our personality and all those things dear to us in incarnation in third density. In 37.6, Ra mentioned how we are one with our higher self:

The higher self is a manifestation given to the late sixth-density mind/body/spirit complex as a gift from its future selfness. The mid-seventh density’s last action before turning towards the allness of the Creator and gaining spiritual mass is to give this resource to the sixth-density self, moving as you measure time in the stream of time.

This self, the mind/body/spirit complex of late sixth density, has then the honor/duty of using both the experiences of its total living bank or memory of experienced thoughts and actions, and using the resource of the mind/body/spirit complex totality left behind as a type of infinitely complex thought-form.

In this way you may see your self, your higher self or Oversoul, and your mind/body/spirit complex totality as three points in a circle. The only distinction is that of your time/space continuum. All are the same being.

As your sixth-density self apprehends this moment of turning away from the past forever and changing the type of seeking from looking at the answers that might come from questions to releasing all questions and all answers and everything whatsoever, at that moment your self shall be maximally informed and will constitute your highest and best self. This is the gift you are given that is the basis of your guidance system. This entity is available to you at all times and constitutes a comforter and a companion of the highest caliber. It also constitutes a wonderful source to which to turn when you have questions, confusions and difficulties.

In addition to this anchor of your guidance system, many of you have the oversoul, shall we say, or the group soul, of the group of entities with which you came to this planet when you decided as a group to come in as wanderers, incarnate into the veil of forgetting, become mortal in third density, and join the human race in order to serve the Light. This also is an entity that is powerful to aid. Further, if you wish to ask angels into your life, they are always waiting to be asked to join those who are seeking the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. As you see, you are beginning to amass a complex and helpful guidance system and one that is yours for the asking, always there, always full of love, and always ready to help in any way that is possible.

Now Q’uo said as our sixth-density self apprehends this moment of turning away from the past forever and changing the type of seeking from looking at the answers that might come from questions to releasing all questions and all answers and everything whatsoever, and at that moment our self shall be informed and will constitute our highest and best self, and this is the gift we are given that is the basis of our guidance system, so this entity is available to us at all times and constitutes a comforter of the highest caliber, and it also constitutes a source to which to turn when we have questions and difficulties. Q’uo went on to say in addition to this anchor of our guidance system, many of us have the oversoul or the group soul of the group of entities with which we came to this planet when we decided as a group to come in as wanderers, incarnate into the veil of forgetting, become mortal in third density, and join the human race in order to serve the Light , so this also is an entity that is powerful to aid, and if we wish to ask angels into our life, they are always waiting to be asked to join those who are seeking the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator, so as we see, we are beginning to gather a complex and helpful guidance system, and one that is ours for the asking, full of love, and ready to help in any way that is possible. On September 22, 2009, Q’uo described the nature of our guidance system:

The foundation of each seeker’s guidance system is his own higher self, that self who, in mid-sixth density, has experienced all that is desired. When that entity realizes fully that he shall no longer desire or seek to fulfill desires, but instead turn towards the call of the infinite Creator to rejoin It fully, it turns one last time to what you would see as the past and creates a thought form that contains all of the harvest of that which he has learned throughout all of his incarnations in all densities through the sixth.

This thought form he leaves with the developing entity wherever it is, in whatever incarnation it is experiencing, so that at any time he may call upon his highest and best self and ask how to evaluate things and whatever other advice he deems needed.

This higher self is joined by at least three angelic entities. This instrument calls two of these angelic entities the Holy Spirit in his male and female aspect. Others consider the angelic entities to be gurus or literally angels. Some entities who are seeking to serve the Light collect about them as many as a dozen angelic presences or more, all of whom wish to support and encourage that service to the light which the seeker has undertaken within incarnation.

Wehave banded together with the angelic forces of your planet and of the planets of all of those planetary entities that form the Confederation of Angels and Planets in the Service of the One Infinite Creator. You can also call upon us. We are always ready to offer you a carrier wave for your meditations. We are always ready to envelop you in Love so that you need never feel unloved or alone. Mentally call upon us at any time and we shall be there. We see in this instrument’s mind a story of an entity who called upon several entities of the Confederation and felt a tremendous response and then he was confused. He did not know which of the Confederation entities that he called had responded. Therefore, we would suggest that you call upon that entity of the Confederation with whom you feel the most rapport. These helpers can help you to retain the frame of mind which you have achieved with each other at this gathering.

What is necessary for you to do in order to access this guidance system is to lay down your burdens of mind and body for a time long enough to become able to contact your heart, and to open it and to ask for help. Entering the silence, even for thirty seconds or a minute, can be enough for you to achieve the result you desire, which is that pulse of energy which carries the joy, the peace, and the power that you are experiencing at this moment. Lastly, we would remind you that you have the power at all times to turn within, and by whatever means you desire, to tune yourself to this level of awareness. It is easier to do this when you are in a group and the group energy is enhancing your own energies. It is also easier to maintain high vibrations with the help of your guidance system than without it.

Q’uo continued by saying we have banded together with the angelic forces of your planet and of the planets of all of those planetary entities that form the Confederation of Angels and Planets in the Service of the One Infinite Creator, and you can also call upon us to offer you a carrier wave for your meditations and to envelop you in Love so that you need never feel unloved or alone, and we see in Carla’s mind a story of an person who called upon several entities of the Confederation and felt a tremendous response, and then he was confused because he did not know which of the Confederation entities that he called had responded, so we would suggest that you call upon that entity of the Confederation with whom you feel the most harmony, and these helpers can help you to retain the frame of mind which you have achieved with each other at this gathering. Then Q’uo said what is necessary for you to do in order to access this guidance system is to lay down your burdens of mind and body long enough to contact your heart, and to open it and to ask for help by entering the silence, for thirty seconds or a minute can be enough for you to achieve the pulse of energy which carries the joy, the peace, and the power that you are experiencing at this moment, and then we would remind you that you have the power at all times to turn within, and by whatever means you desire, to tune yourself to this level of awareness, and it is easier to do this when you are in a group and the group energy is enhancing your own energies, so it is also easier to maintain high vibrations with the help of your guidance system than without it. On September 17, 2003, Q’uo spoke of the benefits of group energy:

At the same time, there is within the group an abundance of certain energies which the one known as T has in lesser degree than perhaps others within the circle of community and is of service therefore to the community in being able to accept and appreciate those love offerings of energy in which inspiration and to some extent information is exchanged that creates a sense of appreciation and a sense of being at home, which in turn reflects back into the group in a way that increases the energy of all. This particular entity fits into the circle of growing group energy which the entity known as L/L Research has begun to build with this new grouping in a way that is most beneficial. So, these are obvious ways in which the energy exchange with those of the community is being helpful. There is always the possibility of developing those energy exchanges, of creating more linkage and, by collaboration, more focuses for the shared energy that is being raised into a dome of light by this group.

However, at this point we would focus upon you, naked, unadorned with helpers, armed only with yourself. You are adequate. You are enough. You are all that there is. Joy dances in your heart. The answers that you seek are like seeds sprouting in that heart of hearts. Through the years you plow the furrows that receive these seeds of inspiration and as you open your hearts in faith that all is well, you allow them sunshine and water to grow. You have good soil within you. These seeds can grow, thrive, prosper and bear fruit. Therefore, let each seed, each moment, each experience, fall into your heart. And give it a chance to ripen.

We would ask each of you at this moment to widen your awareness to include all of those within this circle and to feel the connections of your blended auras, one upon one upon one. Feel, if you will, the power of those connections and allow impressions to form of the colorations of that energy stream that is as a circuit of electricity that has been opened between all of you. As it circuits about in a clockwise fashion, we would ask you, “What colors do you see in this circuit? What energies do you feel?” Etch this moment into your memory with the wealth of feelings that you feel just now and give yourself one word by which to access this nugget of awareness. It could be “love.” It could be “Camelot.” Choose your word and visualize this word triggering this nugget of crystallized memory. Breathe it into your heart and know that it shall remain there, quite available upon your desire. Thusly, each time you go into meditation, even for a moment, if you wish you shall be able to recall this cluster of memories, this smell of the new-fallen rain on the grass, the subtle perfumes of each other’s bodies, the rustle of the wind, the soughing of it through the leaves and the little noises of animals and people on the periphery of your awareness. It is a moment that extends infinitely, and you have wrapped it in a tissue of your awareness and tucked it away. Unwrap it as often as you like. It shall never grow stale.

Q’uo said at this point we would focus upon you without helpers and only with yourself, but you are all that there is, and joy dances in your heart, and the answers that you seek are like seeds sprouting in your heart of hearts, so through the years you plow the furrows that receive these seeds of inspiration, and as you open your hearts in faith that all is well, you allow them sunshine and water to grow, and you have good soil within you where these seeds can grow and bear fruit, so let each seed and each experience fall into your heart and give it a chance to ripen. Q’uo continued by asking each of us to widen our awareness to include all of those within this circle and to feel the connections of our blended auras and to feel the power of those connections and allow impressions to form of the colorations of that energy stream that is as a circuit of electricity that has been opened between all of you, so as it moves about in a clockwise fashion we would ask you, “What colors do you see in this circuit? What energies do you feel?” Then Q’uo said to record this moment in your memory with the feelings that you feel now, and give yourself one word by which to access this nugget of awareness such as “love” or “Camelot,” or choose your word and visualize this word triggering this nugget of crystallized memory, and breathe it into your heart and know that it shall remain there available at your request, so each time you go into meditation you shall be able to recall this cluster of memories because it is a moment that extends infinitely, and you have wrapped it in a tissue of your awareness and tucked it away, so unwrap it as often as you like because it shall never grow stale. On March 20, 1991, Q’uo spoke of the value of this moment:

Worry not about that which is projected from the present moment into that which shall be a future moment. Do and be in this moment and allow each succeeding moment to be created from the harmony of this moment. It is natural for entities within your third-density illusion to move from the present moment and to reminisce about those previous experiences and to project those that may occur in your future, for the present moment is that which is the most illusory and difficult to comfortably place oneself within, for all of one’s life, then, is contained within that immediacy of experience which the present moment surrounds. And for most entities who have not consciously considered the purpose of the life pattern, the present moment is that which shall be escaped from. Thus, we would recommend that you share your love at each present moment when it is felt and allow the moment to be enough unto itself.

We thank the one known as E for asking this question and would ask the one known as E if there is a follow-up to it at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

E: No. I’m grateful for the answer.

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, we are most grateful for the question. We would ask at this time if there is another query. We are those of Q’uo.

T: Yes, Q’uo, I’ve got a question. In this third dimension how may we best awaken and facilitate the seeking in the third-dimensional mind by the excited, new, but very old souls that are coming in? What spiritual principles would you advise to offer to those children?

Weare those of Q’uo, and are aware of your question, my sister. My sister, your child is already awake within you and communicating with you as you know. Within any human personality, my sister, there are many, many things which occupy the mind—for a fleeting instant or for a long time. There are many, many levels of thought. The child within you will take its cue from you and from the one she calls father as well. However, in this time of pregnancy it is you to whom this new soul shall look for guidance. There are many ways to influence for the better the child in the womb. The most intimate and direct way is to tune your thoughts so that the child within experiences an environment of peace, contentment, thanksgiving and joy. There are inevitably many things that move you from this pleasant, poised position in the center of your own integrity. Your child will feel you assessing and responding to those moments of catalyst that pull you away from the tuning you would prefer, and she will experience you as you discipline your personality to lift off of irritation and anger, disappointment, and other negative emotions, and settle again upon an awareness that all is well.

We speak now of simple faith, faith that cannot be explained or justified, for faith is not faith in anything. It is simply faith. When you know that all is well, and that everything you receive is a gift from the infinite Creator, then you can focus on how to unwrap that gift, whatever it is and however negative it may seem. When you are absorbed in unwrapping that gift, your irritation turns to thoughtfulness. Your anger turns to contemplation. And you transform your little world as you respond to this catalyst. Your child will feel all of that, and this process will continually underscore her feeling of safety and security. Since the child in the womb and the infant alike are completely helpless and completely out of control, this feeling of safety and security is very important. Obviously, my sister, your love for this child swaddles her and reassures her, but more than that, your ability to discipline your personality to become ever more stable and steady in your faith will also greatly reassure your baby.

T: Yes, Q’uo, I’ve got a question. “In this third dimension how may we best awaken and facilitate the seeking in the third-dimensional mind by the excited, new, but very old souls that are coming in? What spiritual principles would you advise to offer to those children?” Q’uo began by saying my sister, your child is already awake within you and communicating with you, as you know, and within any human personality there are many things which occupy the mind, and here are many levels of thought, so the child within you will take its cue from you and from the one she calls father as well, but in this time of pregnancy it is you to whom this new soul shall look for guidance, and there are many good ways to influence the child in the womb, so the most intimate way is to tune your thoughts so that the child within experiences an environment of peace and joy, for there are many things that move you from this position in the center of your own integrity, and your child will feel you responding to those moments of catalyst that pull you away from the tuning you would prefer, and she will experience you as you discipline your personality to lift off of anger and other negative emotions and settle again upon an awareness that all is well. Q’uo went on to speak of faith that cannot be explained, for faith is not faith in anything, but it is simply faith that all is well, and that everything you receive is a gift from the infinite Creator, so then you can focus on how to unwrap that gift, whatever it is and however negative it may seem, so when you are absorbed in unwrapping that gift, your irritation turns to thoughtfulness, and your anger turns to contemplation, and you transform your world as you respond to this catalyst, so your child will feel all of that, so this process will maintain her feeling of safety, and since the child in the womb and the infant alike are completely helpless and completely out of control, this feeling of safety is important, for your love for this child swaddles her and reassures her, but more than that, your ability to discipline your personality to become more steady in your faith will also reassure your baby. On June 13, 1993, Q’uo spoke of one way that the feeling of safety may be found:

The next great category of reasons people yearn for solitude is the category which is a dynamic of sensitivity. There are many to whom relating to the self has been in some way blocked. This usually occurs in the younger years of incarnation. Part of the young experience has caused the entity to seek solitude in order to be comfortable, for there is perceived the discomfort in company, and this discomfort builds up within such an entity. When such a one reaches a solitary place, there is the feeling of safety and of relaxation. It is almost as though the mind and emotions constituted another organ such as the lungs, and as the lungs need to breathe for the organism to live, so the entity must be solitary in order for the emotional and mental faculties to remain acute, for if this need is ignored, there is the equivalent lack of oxygen to the brain—that is, oxygen to the emotions and mind.

It is possible, my sister, if this appeals to you, that you read aloud to your unborn child as you would to your child as you put her to bed, choosing those messages that mean love and light to you. You are then creating a group of two who together are worshipping the one infinite Creator in your own way. How sweet those moments shall feel to you and to the soul within, and this will continue to be true, my sister, once your child has breathed the oxygen of your Planet Earth and has begun her incarnation outside the womb. It may seem a bit quixotic to read philosophy or inspired words that a child cannot possibly understand to that child. And yet the feelings that stream from you as you share words that you love are unmistakable to the child and will similarly deepen that feeling of safety and security and love.

Attempt to remember at all times, my sister, that it is not simply what you say to your child that enters into its heart, it is also how you feel. It may make you feel less than secure to know how important you are to your child, to realize how sensitive your child is to your very nature, how every heartbeat of yours is important to your child. However, this is the nature of the bond between mother and child and also between father and child, but to a lesser extent. Therefore, if you find yourself giving less than what you think of as your best, do not be concerned. Use the moment of awareness to lift away from that setting and choose another one. Do you hear the wind rising? So the spirit rises within your heart when you call upon the one infinite Creator. Knock and you shall be received. Ask and you shall be answered. Do not feel in moments of inadequacy that you are without help. You have but to ask and angels shall surround you and lift you up.

Then Q’uo said it is possible that you read aloud to your unborn child as you would to your child as you put her to bed, choosing those messages that mean love and light to you, and then you are creating a group of two who together are worshipping the one infinite Creator in your own way, and how sweet those moments shall feel to you and to the soul within, and this will continue to be true once your child has breathed the oxygen of your Earth and has begun her incarnation outside the womb, but it may seem a bit impractical to read inspired words that a child cannot understand, but the feelings that stream from you as you share words that you love are unmistakable to the child and will deepen that feeling of safety and love. Q’uo went on to say attempt to remember that it is not what you say to your child that enters into its heart, it is also how you feel, so it may make you feel less than secure to realize how sensitive your child is to your nature, and how every heartbeat of yours is important to your child, but this is the nature of the bond between mother and child and also between father and child, but to a lesser extent, so if you find yourself giving less than what you think of as your best, do not be concerned, but use the moment of awareness to lift away from that setting and choose another one, so :“Do you hear the wind rising? So the spirit rises within your heart when you call upon the one infinite Creator. Knock and you shall be received. Ask and you shall be answered. Do not feel in moments of inadequacy that you are without help. You have but to ask and angels shall surround you and lift you up.” On March 27, 1981, Hatonn spoke of the moment of awareness and what it can lead to:

Our understanding, my friends, is, as you know, is simply stated. It is the creation is made of and is Love. If you can at each moment of awareness see each being you meet as the total expression of Love that is the Creator, if you can see yourself as that total expression of Love that is the Creator, if you do these simple things, my friends, you have then found the Creator within yourself and within others. There is nothing else. Find that understanding in its complete totality, and you have found everything that exists. You have found your path and walking it becomes obvious. Practice this understanding. We are all one. I do not anymore speak through this instrument than I am this instrument, and I am each of you that sit in this room, for each of us is the same being.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

T: No, thank you very much.

Q’uo: We thank you, my sister. Is there another query at this time?

A: What about the possibilities for us in this group working together for any concrete projects and product for the future?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your question, my sister. The possibility/probability vortices of collaboration in a specific manner within this group for common goals are multiple. It is unknown to us which connections between those within this group that have been made within this gathering shall be followed with the setting of intentions so to do. As we said, there are multiple possibilities that are clear to us, looking at the web of connections between each of you. It is entirely up to those within this gathering to choose whether or not to move forward in collaboration with another or others within this circle.

It is a matter of all entities involved setting their intentions and working towards that goal in thought and in deed. We encourage each of you to search your hearts and to discuss with one another those thoughts you may have of collaboration. You are already collaborating within the inner realms. The question you ask is, “Is there the possibility of manifesting these energies in a helpful way?” And we say to you that the possibilities are there. But as always the choice is yours. What you pursue in your creation you shall manifest. What you shall release in your creation shall be released.

May we answer you further, my sister?

A: Thank you so much.

We thank you, my sister. Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

N: I have a question, Q’uo. This is about the fifth-density negative entity that was mentioned in The Ra Material. I would like to know the status of that entity. Also, why do I feel the strength of defense against that enemy?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of this query, my brother. This entity has been with this group again for a period of time. This entity, as before, has been unable to change one iota the tuning of this group and its purity of desire to seek the truth and to serve the Light. Consequently, this entity is close, once again, to a period of crisis in which it shall need either to succeed in distracting this group from its purpose or to drop back into resting mode and regain its polarity. The one known as N has great sensitivity to and love for the service that this group has provided and has a great desire to aid in removing this psychic greeting from the members of this group and in particular the one known as this instrument.

We thank the one known as N for this concern. It is certainly one that is shared by those of us who are able to speak through this instrument as well as all of those within this circle. However, the nature of psychic greeting is such that it falls to this entity and the one known as Jim, and to a lesser extent all of those who support the work of this group, to remain steadfast in the intention to serve the one infinite Creator. Given that this desire remains pure, there is nothing which the fifth-density entity of which you speak can do to accomplish that which it wishes. And although it is unknown at what point this period of greeting shall cease, it is of a very high probability/possibility that it shall cease as this entity becomes unable to maintain its polarity.

We thank the one known as N for this query and would ask if there is a follow-up. We are those of Q’uo.

N: Are there any spiritual principles that I need to look into in this interaction?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The spiritual principle involved, my brother, is that all is one. This fifth-density negative entity is a part of you, as it is a part of the one known as Jim and the one known as Carla and all of those within this circle. It is not an enemy. It is a shadow. You may see it in the mirror of self. You may find it within yourself as the one who wished someone else’s toy as a little two-year-old boy or the one who wished to speak when you were in school to the same attractive girl as did your best friend.

That shadow self that wants to take and hold, whether or not another wishes to be taken and held, is part of the shadow side of all who breathe the air on Planet Earth. Find it within yourself. Love it, hug it, embrace it with all of your heart and say, “Thank you! Now that I see you, and I love you I would ask you if you would like to join me in service to the Light.” As you bring that shadow into your full awareness of self you are, in your own way, easing the pressure of greeting upon those of this group.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: What can you tell us about the meaning of crop circles?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. As several in this group have predicted, there are ways in which we are kept from responding to you fully, for the crop circle is that which is intended to cause those of your people who are asleep to awaken to the possibility that there is more to life and the universe than exists within a finite “box” of material reality in which those who sleep occupy.

However, we may say this. The Confederation of Angels and Planets has detailed some of its guardians, that is, those who are guardians of your particular planet, in the creation of those glyphs which reach down into the subconscious and offer triggers that are hidden from the conscious mind but available to the subconscious mind. Therefore, if you wish to harness the transformative power of such a glyph then we would advise you to meditate holding that crop-circle glyph which resonates to you personally.

We find that this instrument’s energy begins to wane, and that of the group’s as well, and therefore, we would leave you, as we found you, in the love, the light, the power, and the peace of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

This morning I ran an errand to Walgreens’ Drug Store to drop off a prescription, and I was told that it would be ready tomorrow.

This afternoon I transplanted 16 Caladium into the top layer of the Flower Garden in the middle of the Moss Garden. Then I transplanted a tray of small flowers with pink, purple, and white blooms into the southeast corner of the Flower Garden. It looks like I will need a few more of each of these flowers to complete the Flower Garden.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 19

The Spirit Of Adventurous Space

I am of the principle of the Love of Jesus the Christ. I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

This instrument has been anxious this morning, wondering if the spirit came and went in the night, marveling that rather than feeling porous and full of the Spirit she feels hard and flinty as a rock.

Are all who seek so full of fears in the night watches and the mornings when all is not just as would be wished?

We encourage in all who are timid the Spirit of adventurous space. Allow the self to expand, not to include new territories but to include space: space within the self; space within the personality; space within the day.

Those spaces may be filled by those whims and hunches which come to one who has allowed space; those hunches and whims that cause one to reach out and express the Spirit of Love.

It is in small things that the Spirit is transmitted from one to another of the children of God. And there is never any holiday from the Spirit’s promptings, not in the night watches and not in the morning nor any time whatsoever.

We leave you in the peace of the constant presence of divine Love, now and always.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo channeling comes from August 11, 2009:

Question from G: In Session 52 of The Law of One series, Ra says there is great danger in the use of the will as the personality becomes stronger, for it may be used even subconsciously in a way reducing the polarity of the entity. Q’uo, it seems that the will is a primal moving energy that is accessed, invoked and, like physical muscles, made stronger through repeated use. Is Ra saying that the will, this motion, can operate outside the purview of the conscious mind? Is Ra saying that desires of which one is unaware may take hold of the faculty of will and utilize the will for purposes which ultimately lead to a reduction of polarity? Is it safe to say that will alone has no purpose without desire to guide it? Also, how may we avoid such a scenario? Please elaborate further.

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is a great pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking, and we thank you for the privilege of being able to share with you our humble thoughts on the subject of the will. As always, before we begin, we would ask you a favor. As you listen to what we have to say, please listen with discrimination, taking those thoughts that are helpful to you and leaving the rest behind. We thank you for this consideration, for it shall enable us to offer our thoughts without being concerned that we may infringe upon your free will.

The query that the one known as G has asked is a very interesting one, for the first distortion of the Law of One is Free Will. This distortion of Free Will is indeed as that which the one known as G described, a moving, primal force that is available to the use of those who would be co-creators. Therefore, let us look at who the Creator is. Perhaps one might say that there are three basic levels of will. The first level of will is the will that has not been accessed by any entity. It is the wind on the water. It is the movement of that water as it moves from the rain, to the aquifer, to the sea ,to the air again. That Free Will that is the first distortion has no subject. It has no object. It is pure verb.

There is a second level of will which could be called the personal will. That is the will which creates and then enjoys maintaining preferences. One’s personal will comes into play as one meets the many, many questions of the day. What shall you have for breakfast? What book would you prefer to read? What movie would you like to see? What song would you like to hear? What style of clothing do you wish to wear? Where do you wish to live? All of these matters that matter only to you are matters of your personal will. When there is a relationship between yourself and another, that person’s personal will comes into play, and you quickly discover that often your will and the other-self’s will are not the same will. This is not a particular problem when it comes to what you shall have for breakfast or what it is that you shall read, but when it comes to questions such as, “Where do I wish to live?” the clash of the personal will of the self and the other self can be acute and create catalyst. Such a clash of the wills is presently being experienced by the one known as R, and this entity can testify with tears and a breaking heart that there are times when the clash of personal wills can be excruciating and constitute a genuine challenge for the evolving spirit, placing the self in the fiery furnace that tempers souls.

“Who was the legendary character of Sri Krishna, who is a now a much-revered Hindu deity? What are his origins? And if he was real, what was his purpose with respect to the Law of One?” Q’uo said the query that G has asked is an interesting one, for the first distortion of the Law of One is Free Will, and it is that which G described as a primal force that is available to the use of those of us who would be co-Creators, so let us look at who the Creator is, and there are three levels of will, so the first level of will is the will that has not been accessed by any entity, and it is the wind on the water, the movement of that water as it moves from the rain, to the sea, and to the air again, so the Free Will that is the first distortion has no subject or object because it is pure verb. Q’uo continued by saying there is a second level of will which is the personal will, and that is the will which creates and then enjoys maintaining preferences, so our personal will comes into play as we meet the questions of the day: “What shall you have for breakfast? What book would you prefer to read? What movie would you like to see? What song would you like to hear? What style of clothing do you wish to wear? Where do you wish to live?” And all of these matters, that matter only to us, are matters of our personal will, so when there is a relationship between our self and another, that person’s personal will comes into play, and we discover that our will and the other-self’s will are not the same will, but this is not a problem when it comes to what we shall have for breakfast or what it is that we shall read, but when it comes to questions such as, “Where do I wish to live?” the clash of the personal will of our self and our other self can create catalyst, so such a clash of our wills is being experienced by R, and this entity can testify with a breaking heart that there are times when the clash of personal wills can constitute a challenge for our evolving spirit, placing our self in the fiery furnace that tempers souls. On September 5, 2005, Q’uo described that fiery furnace that tempers our souls:

It was not until repeated experiences of pain and suffering caused this instrument to revisit her inner conversation that she was able to acknowledge the gift of wisdom and to move into the fiery furnace of transformation and to ask, in all humility, “What does my highest and best self guide me to do in this situation?”

When this instrument finally asked the question in that way, the answer was immediate and simple: it was time for a change. And not only that, it was time to embrace that change, to look forward to that change and to run towards that change, even though she did not know and still does not know what will happen next.

We would suggest to you, my sister, that you have encountered the beginning of a cycle in your life at this time. That cycle can be identified as that time of transformation that moves from middle age into old age and from vigorous health into declining health. We ask you to be consciously aware at this moment that this is not, in and of itself, a negative change. It is a part of the natural progression of your body, your mind, and your spirit within incarnation on planet Earth.

The third layer of the will is that aspect of the disciplined personality whose watchword is, “Not my will, but thine be done.” Therefore, the goal of that entity who wishes to work with the magical personality is to come into a clearer and clearer awareness of just what the will of the Creator is. The practice of such a seeker is first to determine to his or her complete satisfaction what that will is and then, and only then, to set the intention to access that will of the Creator and marry it to the desire of the heart. This is a tremendously subtle enterprise. It is a subtle thing, firstly to determine the will of the Creator for you, secondly to access that will in such a way as to marry it to your desire, and thirdly to create within the self the environment within which intention and desire become manifest in action. The ways of the intellect are complex and deep. It is possible to rationalize almost any line of thought, given a length of time in which to find the rationale for such a line of thought. How many times have you heard the conversation of a born salesman and become enthusiastic over something which, upon reflection, is not what it seems at all.

As he seeks to know himself, each entity fools himself many times. The sifting and shifting through masks, personas, and rationalizations can feel like an unending maze out of which there is no escape. Indeed, the seeker who attempts to determine the will of the infinite One with his mind is doomed to confusion and folly, for the mind is not geared towards truth in a spiritual sense. The mind is geared towards the organization of elements that affect that mind and the body which goes with it so that that mind and body, that person, may be comfortable, safe and happy. Even if that mind wishes to think upon spiritual things, that mind will be sensing into the masks and the personae that equal spiritual behavior or spiritual attitudes. The mind of man is not a tool which is created to engage in that truth that goes beyond fact and enters into essence.

“Who was the legendary character of Sri Krishna, who is a now a much-revered Hindu deity? What are his origins? And if he was real, what was his purpose with respect to the Law of One?” Q’uo went on to say the third layer of our will is that aspect of the disciplined personality whose watchword is, “Not my will, but thine be done,” so our goal as we wish to work with the magical personality is to come into a clearer awareness of what the will of the Creator is, and our practice is first to determine what that will is, and then to set our intention to access the will of the Creator and marry it to the desire of our heart, so this is a subtle enterprise to determine the will of the Creator for us, and to access that will in such a way as to marry it to our desire, and to create within our self the environment within which intention becomes manifest in action, so the ways of our intellect are complex, and it is possible to rationalize any line of thought, given a length of time in which to find the rationale for such a line of thought, and how many times have we heard the conversation of a born salesman and become enthusiastic over something which, upon reflection, is not what it seems at all. Now Q’uo said as we seek to know our self, we fool our self many times, and shifting through masks, and rationalizations can feel like an unending maze out of which there is no escape, so when we attempt to determine the will of the infinite One with our mind, it is doomed to confusion, for the mind is not geared towards truth in a spiritual sense because it is geared towards the organization of elements that affect our mind and our body which goes with it, so that our mind and body may be comfortable and happy even if our mind wishes to think upon spiritual things, it will be sensing into the masks that equal spiritual attitudes, so the mind of man is not a tool which is created to engage in that truth that goes beyond fact and enters into essence. On April 12, 2008, Q’uo described how most people feel about spiritual things:

The vast majority of entities then, whether in the East or in the West, are content to think of themselves in non-spiritual terms. They are just people living their lives. Indeed, if one were to suggest to many people that they, too, are priests, there would be no feeling of resonance on the part of those who heard such a thought. They would say, “I am not at all priestly. I am a worldly person. I do not know very much about spiritual things. I could never be a priest. I could never be a shaman. I could never be a spiritual leader. I do not have the time, the energy or the focus that it takes to become spiritually mature.”

Therefore, the seeker who wishes to engage the will at the level of spirituality is well served by a daily practice which removes the self from the kingdom of the mind and brings the self into the kingdom of the heart. Thusly, it is to the heart the seeker shall most beneficially turn, walking through the outer courtyard of the heart and gathering all of his humanity in order that he may lay it down in the inner sanctum of the heart in which he may tabernacle with the infinite One. There is surcease there from the ways of the world. There is release from the tyranny of the mind. There is acceptance of all of the imperfect-seeming self by a Love so great that it has called you and the creation into being.

Let us look now at the magical personality. The earthly personality is created by you with the help of your culture, your parents, your teachers, and those peers whom you wish to emulate. You try it on as a young child: “Am I this? Am I that?” You discover some things about your earthly personality. You discover your gifts. You discover those things at which you are not gifted. And then you fill in the blanks with the ways of your culture and those choices that you have made of whom you would like to resemble, whom you would like to emulate. If a mask does not suit, you can discard it and pick up another. “I used to be like this, but now I am like that.” You can remake yourself endlessly—to a point.

Q’uo went on to say the seeker who wishes to engage the will at the level of spirituality is well served by a daily practice which removes our self from the kingdom of our mind and brings our self into the kingdom of the heart, and it is to the heart the seeker shall most beneficially turn, walking through the outer courtyard of the heart and gathering all of our humanity in order that we may lay it down in the inner sanctum of the heart in which we may tabernacle with the infinite One, and there is an end there from the ways of the world, and there is release from the tyranny of our mind, so there is acceptance of all of the imperfect-seeming self by a Love so great that it has called us and the creation into being. Then Q’uo said let us look at the magical personality since the earthly personality is created by us with the help of our culture, our parents, and those peers whom we wish to emulate, and we try it on as a young child: “Am I this? Am I that?” And we discover some things about our earthly personality; We discover our gifts; We discover those things at which we are not gifted, and then we fill in the blanks with the ways of our culture and those choices that we have made of that we would like to resemble, and if a mask does not suit, we can discard it and pick up another, and we can remake ourself endlessly—to a point. In 75.32, Ra defined the magical personality:

Questioner: The three aspects of the magical personality are stated to be power, love, and wisdom. Is this correct, and are these the only primary aspects of the magical personality?

I am Ra. The three aspects of the magical personality—power, love, and wisdom—are so called in order that attention be paid to each aspect in developing the basic tool of the adept: that is, its self.

It is by no means a personality of three aspects. It is a being of unity, being of sixth density, and equivalent to what you call your higher self and, at the same time, is a personality enormously rich in variety of experience and subtlety of emotion.

The three aspects are given that the neophyte not abuse the tools of its trade but, rather, approach those tools balanced in the center of love and wisdom and thus seeking power in order to serve.

For there are things within your incarnational self, that you call the personality or the ego, which are deep-set, which are you to the bone, even to the marrow of the bone. Who knows what those characteristics are! But there are some givens in every entity’s life. And as you become more aware of yourself as an entity, you either fight them or cooperate with them. Blessed is the entity who decides to cooperate with his deep-set personality traits! For becoming more spiritual is not a matter of dropping the earthly persona. Rather, it is a matter of becoming able to call upon a faculty within the self which is impersonal. Saying that this faculty is impersonal is not the same as saying that this faculty is not firmly and inextricably attached to the earthly personality. It is simply saying that in order to claim one’s magical personality it is necessary to know the self well enough to be able to control that earthly personality and to lay it aside for a time for the purpose of service to others.

Everything that the magician does is oriented towards expressing devotion toward the Creator and devotion to all other selves in such a way that there is a change in the consciousness of the magician. The magician realizes the scattering and distracting nature of the earthly personality upon spiritual intention and therefore, carefully creates a system of qualities and spiritual essences in a carefully laid pattern that will reach down into those parts of the self that are too deep to see, down into the archetypal and subconscious parts of the self, in order to evoke those powerful, deep essences that tune the mind and the heart so that the self as a whole rings and resonates with infinite value at the level that shall never change.

Q’uo went on to say there are things within our incarnational self that we call the personality which we are to the marrow of our bone, and who knows what those characteristics are, but there are some givens in every entity’s life, and as we become more aware of ourself as an entity, we either fight them or cooperate with them, and blessed is the entity who decides to cooperate with their deep-set personality traits, for becoming more spiritual is not a matter of dropping our earthly personality, but it is a matter of becoming able to call upon a faculty within our self which is impersonal, so saying this faculty is impersonal is not the same as saying that this faculty is not firmly attached to the earthly personality, but it is saying that in order to claim our magical personality it is necessary to know our self well enough to be able to control that earthly personality and to lay it aside for a time for the purpose of service to others. Q’uo went on to say everything that the magician does is oriented towards expressing devotion toward the Creator and devotion to all other selves in such a way that there is a change in the consciousness of the magician, and the magician realizes the distracting nature of the earthly personality upon spiritual intention, and then creates a system spiritual essences in a pattern that will reach down into the subconscious parts of our self in order to evoke those deep essences that tune our mind and our heart so that our self as a whole resonates with infinite value at the level that shall never change. On January 5, 1997, Q’uo described the nature of the magician:

The entity which seeks to discipline the personality, to become a metaphysical being, to exercise the way of the magician in attempting to arrive at changes in consciousness, these things are done primarily through those qualities which you have spoken of when you spoke of faith and love.

The entity which seeks to become a metaphysical being and to exercise the expression of its personality finds in the positive polarity that the ability to love comes forth from the primary faith that the entity has been able to nourish and to cause to grow within the self. All of these elements of the personality and the ingredients that make up the multifaceted being that each is find the necessity to give and receive love the primary building block and energy of all creation with each portion of the life experience.

Thus, the entity who wishes to be a metaphysical personality stokes its internal furnace with faith, and the energy which is output is likened unto love, the means by which it is done, the many facets of the personality that has been disciplined and is available as a resource, that one may write the tone poem of life with an unique and distinctive flourish, that gives a glorification to the one Creator in that it is a means by which a metaphysical entity begins to express its nature as the Creator.

Thedesire of an entity is like a firefly—it flits here and there, fixing on things small and large and infinite with bewildering speed. The same entity can desire a certain flavor of ice cream, peace on earth for all mankind, and that parking place that just became available, with bewildering speed. And all desires are true and real in their way. It is at those times when one is tabernacling in silence with the infinite One that the firefly of desire lands just for a moment, just for a spell of time, infinitely short and infinitely precious, and comes to rest at a still point that opens up into all of infinity and eternity. It is from those timeless moments out of time that one can bring back a growing ability to know one’s desires for what they are and can begin to separate the ice cream and the parking place from the hope of peace.

There is a hunger which comes to one who finally understands that he knows nothing; there is a hunger for the presence of the living Creator. It is a hunger that can never be slaked in the world of ten thousand things. It is a precious hunger. It is a hunger more precious that the fullness of all desires being realized in the world. It is a hunger that calls forth devotion, that lives on faith, that knows beyond all knowing, that has awareness with no content. It is that hunger, that desire, that fuels the work of the magician. And, my brother, as you work with the will, as you seek to use the will in a way consonant with your spiritual aspirations, you are seeking that grail which is the most real thing in the world of illusion. As you move beyond the desires of the body and the desires of the mind into that emptiness filled with devotion which comes to you in that inner room, you are preparing yourself to be a powerful person. It is when you have become this powerful person that you must be exceedingly careful with the use of the will.

Q’uo continued by saying the desire of an entity is like a firefly, and it flits here and there, fixing on things small, and large, and infinite with bewildering speed, and the same entity can desire a certain flavor of ice cream and peace on earth for all mankind with bewildering speed, and all of our desires are true, so it is at those times when we are tabernacling in silence with the infinite One that the firefly of our desire lands for a moment of time, infinitely precious, and comes to rest at a still point that opens up into all of infinity, and it is from those timeless moments out of time that we can bring back a growing ability to know our desires for what they are, and we can begin to separate the ice cream from the hope of peace. Now Q’uo said there is a hunger which comes to us when we understand that we know nothing, and there is a hunger for the presence of the living Creator that can never be satisfied in the world of ten thousand things, and it is a hunger more precious that the fullness of all of our desires being realized in the world because it is a hunger that lives on faith; knows beyond all knowing;  that has awareness with no content; and it is that hunger that fuels the work of the magician, and as we work with the will we seek to use our will in a way consonant with our spiritual aspirations, and we are seeking that grail which is the most real thing in the world of illusion, so as we move beyond the desires of our body, and the desires of our mind, into that emptiness filled with devotion which comes to us in that inner room, we are preparing our self to be a powerful person, and it is when we have become this powerful person that we must be careful with the use of the will. On February 4, 1990, Q’uo spoke of how our seeking of the grail is of great value:

I am Q’uo, and it is our intention to reaffirm the value of group worship for each within any such group which offers itself in the joyful praise and thanksgiving that is a natural part of the Creator as It speaks to Itself through Its many portions. Each entity that engages in such a service of worship lends a certain vibratory reaffirmation, shall we say, to that vibratory level of being which is sought as the ideal, the goal, the grail, and makes more steady and sturdy the rainbow bridge that is girded from the mundane to the metaphysical in order that that which is of the spirit may inspire the mundane and ennoble it in a fashion which calls for the Spirit from within the center of all created things. Thus, the joyful noise, shall we say, that is made unto the world is that which causes the creation to sing within the heart, and the heart to sing within the creation.

An entity who is living in the world does not have power. It is very rare that an undisciplined personality can muster his will and have force behind it. But it is the most common thing in spiritual seeking for an entity who has become aware of his power to find himself lost in the maze of the self he does not yet know, those portions of selfhood that have so far escaped his awareness. This instrument is currently working to discover one of these shadow areas she has found within herself. Knowing herself to be a powerful entity, she is concerned that unbeknownst to her, aspects of this unintegrated self may rain judgment down on innocence and cause harm to another which was not intended.

In the end, all effort must be laid aside and faith must be invoked, for there is no end to the subtlety and the complexity of the human mystery. You are inevitably going to be surprising yourself with who you are for the duration of your lifetime. Every living entity is a Creator and contains all things. Every living entity creates his own universe and makes the laws that rule that universe. As you work with your perceptions of yourself, your will and your desire, you shall wander down twice as many false streets as true ones. Therefore, rely most of all on faith—faith in your good intentions, faith in the process itself, and faith in the Creator that gave you all that you need to do the work that you came to do.

Now Q’uo said an entity who is living in the world does not have power, and it is rare that an undisciplined personality can muster their will and have force behind it, but it is a common thing in spiritual seeking for us after we have become aware of our power to find our self lost in the maze of our self that we do not yet know, and Carla is currently working to discover one of these shadow areas she has found within herself, and knowing herself to be a powerful entity, she is concerned that unbeknownst to her, aspects of this unintegrated self may rain judgment down on innocence and cause harm to another which was not intended. Q’uo completed their reply by saying in the end all effort must be laid aside, and faith must be invoked, for there is no end to the subtlety and the complexity of the human mystery, and we are going to be surprising our self with who we are for the rest of our life because every entity is a Creator and contains all things, so every one of us creates our universe and makes the laws that rule that universe, so as we work with our perceptions of our self and our will, we shall wander down twice as many false streets as true ones, so we must rely on faith in our good intentions and faith in the Creator that gave us all that we need to do the work that we came to do. On September 28, 2021, Q’uo spoke of the value of having faith in the Creator:

Lessons learned that may have started as harsh experiences may be seen as they develop the individual upward as becoming a pearl of great price. They are treasures in the individual’s ultimate culminating achievements in its growth toward becoming the Creator. We would say, have faith in this process. It is the same as having faith in the Creator, and then becoming closer to that goal of becoming the Creator.

We would ask if there is a follow up to this query. We are those of Q’uo.

G: Not to the main question Q’uo. Thank you.

We thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

There is a query from the Bring4th forums. “I would ask Q’uo to address the attitude of fear. Our society is permeated with contrived, fearful scenarios of what might happen that seem to keep even the most spiritually adept individual off balance and looking for either cover or succor. The news media shows escalated discord and even panic as people are polarized around various issues. Can you give us some suggestions as to how to find a balance between being reasonably informed, yet not contributing to the creation of a negative reality? Is it even advisable to stay informed of world events at all? Or would you recommend an ‘ignorance is bliss’ approach and just avoid any mention of negativity and fear? Can you give us some reassurance that the STS entities won’t succeed in taking away our freedoms?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, and we thank you for it. It is indeed so that the workings of service-to-self polarized entities depend heavily on fear, for fear and love cannot coexist. Either one or the other shall engage your attention. Answering the latter part of your query first, we would assure you that the time of the dragon is short. There are always hopes of repetition of those who would rule by empire and enslave others for the use of the self. Yet you have seen empires rise and fall in all of your recorded history and even within the memory of those within this circle there have been the sound of falling idols as one dictator or another is brought to dust or at least into retirement from his evil. Tyranny has not won, nor can it win, the mind and heart of mankind. What it can do, and what it enjoys doing, is ruling nations and creating within those nations climates of fear as you noted in your query.

What does this fear do to the spiritual seeker? On the physical level those who rebel against dictators and tyrants can die, or be made very uncomfortable. They can be put in jail. They can be tortured. Their hearts cannot be changed, nor can their minds. And in general, the real day-to-day activities of humankind move below the radar of these governmental tyrants. Consequently, we would suggest that it is entirely up to an entity as to whether or not he stays abreast of the news of the day. Some entities do not have a great curiosity about it, and it certainly is not needful for a spiritually healthy and fulfilling life. There are many, however, whose personalities are such that they do wish to stay abreast of what is happening, and we find that there is no harm whatsoever in learning all that you wish to learn about the affairs of the day as long as you remember that you are not here to judge, but to love that which you see. All that you see is love in some distortion or another and you are here to reflect love back into that which you see.

Therefore, gaze deeply within as you see the news of the day, asking for insight as to the patterns of service to self and service to others so that you may see beyond the details into the grand patterns that are moving energetically within the global web of energy that is the Earth. And as you come into realizations concerning how the two polarities work and how they complement each other, open your heart to love what you see, to send love into the situations that disturb you, to rejoice with those things that you see that speak to the primacy and the victory of love, for that you shall see beyond all of those implements of fear that so abound in your outer world.

This question is from the Bring4th forums: “The news media shows escalated discord and even panic as people are polarized around various issues. Can you give us some suggestions as to how to find a balance between being reasonably informed, yet not contributing to the creation of a negative reality? Is it even advisable to stay informed of world events at all? Or would you recommend an ‘ignorance is bliss’ approach and just avoid any mention of negativity and fear? Can you give us some reassurance that the STS entities won’t succeed in taking away our freedoms?” Q’uo began by saying it is so that the workings of service-to-self polarized entities depend heavily on fear, for fear and love cannot coexist since either one or the other shall engage one’s attention, and answering the last part of our query first, they would assure us that the time of the dragon is short, so there are always hopes of repetition of those who would rule by empire and enslave others for the service of their self, yet we have seen empires rise and fall in all of our recorded history, and within the memory of those within this circle there have been the sounds of falling idols as one dictator or another is brought to dust by his evil, and tyranny has not won, nor can it win the mind and heart of mankind, but what it can do is rule nations and create within those nations climates of fear as we noted in our query. Then Q’uo asked what does fear do to the spiritual seeker? So, they said on the physical level those who rebel against dictators can die, or they can be tortured, but their hearts or minds cannot be changed, and the day-to-day activities of humankind move below the radar of these governmental tyrants, so Q’uo suggested that it is up to us as to whether or not we stay abreast of the news of the day, but some of us do not have any curiosity about it since it is not needful for a spiritually fulfilling life, but there are many personalities that do wish to stay abreast of what is happening, and Q’uo found no harm in learning all that we wish to learn about the affairs of the day as long as we remember that we are not here to judge, but to love that which see, and all that we see is love in some distortion or another, and we are here to reflect love back into that which we see. Q’uo went on to say we must gaze deeply within as we see the news of the day, asking for insight as to the patterns of service to self and service to others, so that we may see beyond the details into the patterns that are moving energetically within the global web of energy that is the Earth, and as we come into realizations concerning how the two polarities work, and how they complement each other, to open our heart to love what we see, to send love into the situations that disturb us, to rejoice with those things that we see, that speak to the primacy and the victory of love, for we shall see beyond all of those implements of fear that so abound in our outer world. On February 18, 2017, Q’uo described the value when we send love into difficult situations:

There are many, many entities scattered about your planetary surface at this time which do this very thing, that is, to engage in the healing process of the planet itself and its various cultures, or individuals, depending upon the choice of the entity doing the sending. Those entities who are able, in the meditative state, to hold their mind upon one image for a series of minutes, shall we say, may then use this ability to focus their concentration, to send love and light to any place, person, group or situation upon the planet’s surface. In this way, there is a, shall we say, providing of a general kind of assistance of an unseen nature that is, however, felt in the mind/body/spirit complex of those entities receiving such sending of love and light.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: That was a beautiful response, Q’uo. A final question comes from K, from India, and he says, “I am a Hindu by religious upbringing. My distortion of the One is largely experienced through the legendary divine Hindu figure of Sri Krishna. I have always been intrigued by this character through whom I have offered devotion and brickbats  to the One. I remembered that there were some questions in the Ra series in terms of unraveling the identity of the one whom we know as the Christ. I am similarly possessed with a quest to know who the true Krishna was. My question for Q’uo is this: “Who was the legendary character of Sri Krishna, who is a now a much-revered Hindu deity? What are his origins? And if he was real, what was his purpose with respect to the Law of One?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. That entity which you call Krishna was, as was Jesus the Christ, an historical entity. However, your stories are older by far than the stories of those of the Middle East that created the many Christs of which Jesus the Christ was one. Shall you go back 9,000 years to find Krishna, the entity? Or shall you accept that like Jesus, the Christ, he became Christ by taking on a cloak of Christhood? Further, can you find Krishna in your clothing? Have you taken on the cloak of Krishna-hood? We do not speak to you in near riddles without reason. There is much for you to discover within yourself and we would not take this learning from you, my dear friend. We thank you for this query and we rest with you in constant meditation, which you may call on at any time that you wish to rest and feel loved. For all entities need that sensation of being loved and being supported. It is an honor to offer this to you.

We find that the energy of this group and this instrument has begun to wane, so at this time we would leave this instrument and this group rejoicing in your beauty, thanking you again for inviting us to join your session of working and leaving you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning I went outside and transplanted a tray of Zinnias onto the top of the Wuthering Heights Mound in the front yard. Then I transplanted a tray of Coleus around the back side of the giant Sycamore tree in the back yard. Then I transplanted two trays of Begonias divided between flower garden in the center of the Moss Garden and the front side of the giant Sycamore tree. Then I watered all of the flowers with fertilized water and sprayed them with deer repellant.

This afternoon I drove over to Theineman’s Nursery and bought 16 Caladium and a tray of flowers that had no name but require half sun and half shade.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 18

Turn From Your Books

I am of the principle of the spirit of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

Behold, my children! There is a boundless curiosity in you, a drive to know the wisdom and understanding of the universe. And to this end you bestow many long hours on study and contemplation of the divine mysteries.

And yet the language of the Spirit is not wisdom but Love, and it is through ecstasy that teaching is done. Thus, turn from your books, you students of the consciousness of life, and stretch out your arms to joy. Moved by the infinite rejoicing echoing throughout the creation, the seeker will finally come to know wisdom by being that which wisdom is, whole and complete, in the consciousness of Love.

We leave you in the peace of that love, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.